Microcarriers for stem cell culture

ABSTRACT

We disclose a particle comprising a matrix coated thereon and having a positive charge, the particle being of a size to allow aggregation of primate or human stem cells attached thereto. The particle may comprise a substantially elongate, cylindrical or rod shaped particle having a longest dimension of between 50 μm and 400 μm, such as about 200 μm. It may have a cross sectional dimension of between 20 μm and 30 μm. The particle may comprise a substantially compact or spherical shaped particle having a size of between about 20 μm and about 120 μm, for example about 65 μm. We also disclose a method of propagating primate or human stem cells, the method comprising: providing first and second primate or human stem cells attached to first and second respective particles, allowing the first primate or human stem cell to contact the second primate or human stem cell to form an aggregate of cells and culturing the aggregate to propagate the primate or human stem cells for at least one passage. A method of propagating human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in long term suspension culture using microcarriers coated in Matrigel or hyaluronic acid is also disclosed. We also disclose a method for differentiating stem cells.

This application is a continuation in part of U.S. application Ser. No.12/921,599, filed Sep. 9, 2010, and a continuation in part of U.S.application Ser. No. 12/497,591, filed Jul. 3, 2009, each of which is a35 U.S.C. §371 national phase application of PCT/SG2009/000088, filedMar. 17, 2009 (WO 2009/116951), each of which is entitled “Microcarriersfor Stem Cell Culture”. PCT/SG2009/000088 is a non-provisionalapplication of U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/069,694, filedMar. 17, 2008; U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/110,256, filedOct. 31, 2008, U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/148,064, filedJan. 29, 2009 and U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/155,940,filed Feb. 27, 2009. Each of these references is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety.

FIELD

The present invention relates to the fields of cell biology, molecularbiology and biotechnology. More particularly, the invention relates to amethod of culturing stem cells on particulate carriers.

BACKGROUND

Stem cells, unlike differentiated cells have the capacity to divide andeither self-renew or differentiate into phenotypically and functionallydifferent daughter cells (Keller, Genes Dev. 2005; 19:1129-1155; Wobusand Boheler, Physiol Rev. 2005; 85:635-678; Wiles, Methods inEnzymology. 1993; 225:900-918; Choi et al, Methods Mol. Med. 2005;105:359-368).

Human embryonic stem cells (hESC) are pluripotent cells with thecapability of differentiating into a variety of stem cell types. Thepluripotency of stem cells such as embryonic stem cells (ESCs) and theirability to differentiate into cells from all three germ layers makesthese an ideal source of cells for regenerative therapy for manydiseases and tissue injuries (Keller, Genes Dev. 2005; 19:1129-1155;Wobus and Boheler, Physiol Rev. 2005; 85:635-678).

Expansion of stem cells to large quantities, requiring one or morepassages, is a pre-requisite for cell therapy.

Currently, stem cells (including human embryonic stem cells, hESC) whichgrow as colonies are routinely maintained on plastic culture surfaces in2 dimensional (2D) growth. Expansion to larger quantities on 2D culturewould necessitate the use of large surface areas. The manual nature ofpassaging the cells by repeated pipetting or enzymatic treatment tobreak up these 2D colonies to smaller sizes would become impractical.Preparing numerous plates for seeding large surface areas can becomesubject to handling errors. Furthermore, very large surface areas suchas Nunc trays for example, would be needed.

Accordingly, the current methods of growing stem cells as 2D colonycultures on coated plastic surfaces are not amenable to scale up and theexperimental conditions under which culture is carried out is generallynot amenable to good control. The prior art includes a number ofattempts to culture stem cells in a 3 dimensional (“3D”) environment,such as on microcarriers in suspension culture. Except for a few studiesof mouse embryonic stem cells on microcarriers (Fernandes et al., 2007;Abranches et al., 2007; King and Miller, 2007) and differentiating hESCin suspension culture as embryoid bodies (Dang et al., 2004; Fok andZandstra, 2005; Cameron et al., 2006), there is no robust method of longterm, serial culturing of hESC in suspension culture.

It is known in the art for embryonic stem cells to be differentiated as“embryoid bodies” in suspension culture. Such embryoid bodies comprise amass of already differentiated cells. For example, Gerecht Nir et al(2004) described the use of a rotating-wall bioreactor to cultureembryoid bodies. Embryoid body culture was also shown using agitationsystems by Zandstra et al (2003), Dang et al (2004) and Wartenberg et al(1998). Embryoid body suspension culture has also been reported by Dangand Zandstra (2005) and King and Miller (2007). Such techniques aresuitable for culturing these tissue-like embryoid body aggregatescomprising differentiated stem cells, but not for undifferentiated stemcells.

Fok and Zandstra (2005) described stirred-suspension culture systems forthe propagation of undifferentiated mouse embryonic stem cells (mESCs).The stirred-suspension culture systems comprised microcarrier andaggregate cultures. Mouse embryonic stem cells cultured on glassmicrocarriers had population doubling times comparable to tissue-cultureflask controls. Upon removal of leukemia inhibitory factor, the mESCaggregates developed into embryoid bodies (EBs) capable of multilineagedifferentiation. Suspension cultures of mouse ESCs are also described inKing and Miller (2005). However, King and Miller (2005) state that“expansion of undifferentiated human ESCs (hESCs) is more difficult thanfor mESCs and has not yet been reported in stirred cultures”.

US2007/0264713 (Terstegge) discloses an attempt at culturing humanembryonic stem cells on microcarriers. Human embryonic stem cells areintroduced together with Cytodex3 (Amersham) microcarriers into aspinner or a bioreactor together with conditioned medium in variousvolumes. The culture is agitated at 20-30 rpm 30 minutes in an hour. Theculture is maintained for various times between 10 days and 6 weeks.However, at no time were any of the cultures passaged or sub-cultured,which is an essential requirement for large scale continuous productionof stem cells. Demonstration of continuous passaging and the ability tosub-culture along with ‘good’ (exponential) growth rate on microcarriersare essential requirements for large-scale production of stem cells.This was not demonstrated by the work of Terstegge et al.

WO2008/004990 describes attempts to culture stem cells in the absence offeeder cells and contemplates the use of microcarriers. It is concernedwith cultures in which Matrigel is not used. WO2008/004990 describes theeffect of positively charged surfaces in the inhibition of stem celldifferentiation.

In Phillips et al., 2008 (Journal of Biotechnology 138 (2008) 24-32) anattempt to culture hESC on microcarriers by seeding aggregates as wellas single cells is reported. Initially, 3-fold expansion was achievedover 5 days, however with each successive passage cell expansion wasreduced until cells could not be passaged beyond week 6.

Previous attempts to use commercially available microcarriers such asCytodex 1 and 3 for scale up culture of human embryonic stem cells(hESCs) were unsuccessful. The hESC cultures died or differentiated onthe carriers and could not be propagated (Oh & Choo, 2006).

Stable and continuous growth in suspension of undifferentiated,pluripotent cells from primates, including human stem cells, has notbeen achieved so far. No one has previously demonstrated successivepassage of primate or human stem cells, particularly embryonic stemcells, in suspension culture.

The large scale differentiation of stem cells into other useful celltypes is also of major importance. For example, large number ofcardiomyocytes are required to conduct clinical trials, drug discoveryand also to develop potential future cell therapies. Since humanembryonic stem cells (hESC) are pluripotent and can differentiate to allgerm layers, hESC can provide a source of cardiomyocytes and other celltypes for these uses. So far, few hESC derived cardiomyocytedifferentiation protocols have been described by the scientificcommunity, but the scalability of the proposed bioprocesses is notclear.

The invention seeks to solve these and other problems in the art.

SUMMARY

The present invention provides a method of differentiating stem cells invitro towards cells of the neural lineage. Culture and/ordifferentiation of the cells is preferably performed on microcarriers,preferably in suspension culture.

In one aspect of the present invention, a method of culturing anddifferentiating stem cells in vitro is provided, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of        the first microcarriers is coated in a first matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        pluripotent or multipotent, the method further comprising:    -   (v) attaching pluripotent or multipotent stem cells obtained        after step (iv) to a plurality of second microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        second microcarriers is coated in a second matrix or is        uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells to the neural cell lineage.

The stem cells may be embryonic stem cells, or induced pluripotent stemcells, and may be human or primate. The microcarriers may have anyshape, physical or chemical property or characteristic as describedherein. In some embodiments they are rod-shaped, in other embodimentsthey are spherical.

In some embodiments the first and second matrix are the same matrixmaterial, in other embodiments they may be different matrix materials.

The stem cells may be differentiated into neural precursors, neurons, orastrocytes.

The method may further comprise:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

In some embodiments the third matrix material is the same as one of thefirst and second matrix materials, in other embodiments it is different.

The present invention also provides a differentiated cell of the neurallineage obtained by the method described above. The present inventionalso provides a neural precursor cell, neuron, or astrocyte obtained bythe method.

In another aspect of the present invention a method of differentiatingstem cells in vitro, comprising attaching pluripotent or multipotentstem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form microcarrier-stemcell complexes, wherein the surface of the microcarriers is coated in amatrix or is uncoated, and culturing the microcarrier-stem cellcomplexes in suspension culture under conditions that induce thedifferentiation

The stem cells may be embryonic stem cells, or induced pluripotent stemcells, and may be human or primate. The microcarriers may have anyshape, physical or chemical property or characteristic as describedherein. In some embodiments they are rod-shaped, in other embodimentsthey are spherical.

The stem cells may be differentiated into neural precursors, neurons, orastrocytes.

The present invention also provides a differentiated cell of the neurallineage obtained by the method described above. The present inventionalso provides a neural precursor cell, neuron, or astrocyte obtained bythe method.

The present invention provides a method for the stable and long termculturing of human or primate embryonic stem cells in in vitro culture.Using this method human embryonic stem cells can be continually expandedbetween each passage and the pluripotency of the expanded humanembryonic stem cell population is maintained beyond at least passage 5and regularly beyond passage 10.

Importantly, the inventors have found that culture and differentiationof stem cells on microcarriers can be improved where the microcarriersare coated in a matrix that preferably comprises extra cellular matrixcomponents. The matrix may comprise one or more of Matrigel™ (BDBiosciences), hyaluronic acid, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin,collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextran sulphate,chondroitin sulphate or a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparansulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

For growth and proliferation of stem cells a preferred matrix comprisesor consists of one or more of Matrigel™, hyaluronic acid, laminin or amixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, andentactin 1.

For differentiation of stem cells a preferred matrix comprises orconsists of one or more of laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, Matrigel™or a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, andentactin 1.

In one aspect the present invention relates to the growth andproliferation of stem cells on microcarriers in suspension culturethrough a plurality of passages whilst retaining the pluripotent statusof stem cells in the culture. The microcarriers are coated in a matrix,preferably having an extracellular component, and are seeded with thestem cells. Preferably, the microcarriers are positively charged. Thestem cells are cultured in suspension culture, preferably to expand thenumber of stem cells in the culture. Cultured stem cells are thenpassaged and passaged stem cells are seeded on microcarriers having thesame or different matrix coating. In this way stem cells can be takenthrough a plurality of passages, e.g. at least 3 passages, with thecultured and passaged stem cells retaining pluripotent status. Usingthis method proliferation of stem cells is seen during each cycle ofculture between passages and can be maintained over many (at least 10)passages.

This culture method permits the continuous growth and passaging of stemcells in in vitro culture thereby providing a method for expanding stemcells having pluripotent potential to therapeutically useful numbers.

Although continuous passage of stem cells on microcarriers will often bepreferred, as part of the method of the present invention the stem cellsmay be transferred from culture on microcarriers to other culturesystems, e.g. 2D colony culture, followed by return to suspensionmicrocarrier culture.

The method preferably involves the steps of attachment of stem cells tomatrix coated microcarriers during each cycle of culture prior topassage. However, it is permissible for some cycles of culture to beundertaken on non-coated microcarriers, although an overall total of atleast 3 culture cycles followed by passage will preferably be conductedon matrix coated microcarriers. More preferably this will be one of atleast 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,22, 23, 24, 25 or more culture cycles.

The methods of the present invention therefore provide for the long termpassaging of pluripotent stem cells in in vitro culture, wherein thestem cells are stably cultured and passaged to preserve theirpluripotent status.

A further aspect of the present invention relates to the differentiationof pluripotent stem cells attached to microcarriers.

In some embodiments pluripotent stem cells may be grown to a requiredcell density for differentiation by employing the microcarrier culturemethod described in the aspect above. Once the required cell density isobtained the culture conditions may be changed to induce thedifferentiation of stem cells attached to the microcarriers. Fordifferentiation the same or different microcarriers may be used comparedwith those used for growth of the stem cells. Similarly, the same ordifferent matrix coating may be used. For example, a first microcarrierhaving a first coating may be used for the growth and proliferation ofpluripotent stem cells and a second microcarrier having a second coatingmay be used for the differentiation of those stem cells. Fordifferentiation the microcarrier may be uncoated.

The use of microcarrier culture for both proliferation of stem cells andfor their differentiation has the advantages of avoiding the need tore-seed the differentiation culture, of the proliferation cultureproviding a high number of pluripotent cells for differentiation and theconvenience of changing from proliferation to differentiation bychanging the culture conditions.

In other embodiments pluripotent stem cells for differentiation may begrown to a required cell density by other culture methods, for exampleby 2D colony culture. Those cells are then attached to microcarriershaving a matrix coating and cultured in suspension culture underconditions that induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

In some embodiments cells that have already undergone differentiation(but preferably not terminal differentiation) may be attached tomicrocarriers having a matrix coating or uncoated microcarriers andcultured in suspension culture under conditions that induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

According to one aspect of the present invention there is provided amethod of culturing stem cells in suspension culture in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        microcarriers is coated in a matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 3 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        pluripotent.

The stem cells are preferably embryonic stem cells, or inducedpluripotent stem cells, and are preferably primate or human.

The matrix preferably comprises an extracellular matrix component. Morepreferably the matrix comprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BDBiosciences), hyaluronic acid, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin,collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextran sulphate,chondroitin sulphate. The matrix may comprise a mixture of laminin,collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

The microcarrier may comprise or consist of one or more of cellulose,dextran, hydroxylated methacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene,plastic, glass, ceramic, silicone. Alternatively, the microcarrier maybe a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier. The microcarriermay be coupled with protamine or polylysine.

The microcarrier is preferably positively charged and preferably has apositive surface charge. It may be hydrophilic. The microcarrier ispreferably rod-shaped, e.g. cylindrical, or substantially spherical inshape.

Preferably, in step (ii) the stem cells are cultured for a period oftime sufficient to expand the number of stem cells in the culture. Insome embodiments, in each repeat cycle the stem cells of step (i) areobtained from the passaged cells of step (iii) of the preceding repeatcycle.

In embodiments of the present invention steps (i)-(iii) are repeatedthrough one of: at least 4 passages, at least 5 passages, at least 6passages, at least 7 passages, at least 8 passages, at least 9 passages,at least 10 passages, at least 11 passages, at least 12 passages, atleast 13 passages, at least 14 passages, at least 15 passages, at least16 passages, at least 17 passages, at least 18 passages, at least 19passages, at least 20 passages, at least 21 passages, at least 22passages, at least 23 passages, at least 24 passages, at least 25passages, at least 30 passages, at least 40 passages, at least 50passages, at least 60 passages, at least 70 passages, at least 80passages, at least 90 passages, at least 100 passages.

In preferred embodiments in at least 60% of the cycles of steps(i)-(iii) the microcarriers are coated in a matrix. Alternatively thismay be one of at least 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%. During successive cyclesof steps (i)-(iii) the microcarriers may be coated in the same matrix,or the matrix may be different or absent in first and second consecutivecycles of steps (i)-(iii).

In preferred embodiments, after step (iv) at least 60% of the stem cellsin the culture are pluripotent. Alternatively this may be one of atleast 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%.

In preferred embodiments, after step (iv) at least 60% of the stem cellsin the culture express one, two, three or all of Oct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60and Mab84. Alternatively this may be one of at least 70%, 80%, 90%, or95%.

In some embodiments the method may comprise culturing the stem cells inserum free media, or stem cell conditioned media, or feeder cell freeconditions.

In other embodiments feeder cells may be attached to the microcarriers.The feeder cells may be attached to microcarriers which are different tothe microcarriers to which the stem cells are attached.

The present invention includes a pluripotent stem cell obtained by themethod of the present invention.

In further embodiments the method may further comprise the step ofinducing differentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (iv).This may be achieved by placing the microcarrier-stem cell complexesunder conditions which induce the differentiation of the stem cells.Alternatively, after step (iv) the method may comprise the step ofseparating stem cells from the microcarriers and culturing the separatedstem cells in non-microcarrier culture under conditions which inducedifferentiation of the stem cells.

Thus, in some embodiments the method may further comprise thedifferentiation of pluripotent stem cells, comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching pluripotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

The first and second matrix may be the same or different. The first andsecond microcarriers may be the same or different.

In some embodiments a further differentiation may be induced, whereinthe method further comprises:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

The third matrix may be different to the first and second matrix or maybe the same as one of the first and second matrix. The thirdmicrocarriers may be different to the first and second microcarriers ormay be the same as one of the first and second microcarriers.

The present invention includes a differentiated cell obtained by themethod of the present invention.

Differentiated cells obtained by a method of the invention may becultured to form an embryoid body. The embryoid body may be attached toa microcarrier. An embryoid body so obtained forms part of the presentinvention.

In a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a methodof culturing stem cells in suspension culture in vitro, the methodcomprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        microcarriers is coated in Matrigel™;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 7 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        pluripotent, wherein the culture is free of feeder cells,        wherein the number of stem cells is expanded between each        passage and wherein the stem cells are human or primate        embryonic stem cells or human or primate induced pluripotent        stem cells.

In a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a methodof culturing and differentiating stem cells in vitro, the methodcomprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of        the first microcarriers is coated in a first matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 3 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        pluripotent, the method further comprising:    -   (v) attaching pluripotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

The first and second matrix may be the same or different. The first andsecond microcarriers may be the same or different.

The method may further comprise:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

The third matrix may be different to the first and second matrix or thesame as one of the first and second matrix. The third microcarriers maybe different to the first and second microcarriers, or the same as oneof the first and second microcarriers.

In a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a methodof differentiating stem cells in vitro, comprising attaching pluripotentstem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form microcarrier-stemcell complexes, wherein the surface of the microcarriers is coated in amatrix or is uncoated, and culturing the microcarrier-stem cellcomplexes in suspension culture under conditions that induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

The stem cells are preferably embryonic stem cells, or inducedpluripotent stem cells, and are preferably primate or human.

The matrix preferably comprises an extracellular matrix component. Morepreferably the matrix comprises one or more of laminin, fibronectin,vitronectin, Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid, collagen,elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextran sulphate, chondroitinsulphate. The matrix may comprise a mixture of laminin, collagen I,heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

The microcarrier may comprise or consist of one or more of cellulose,dextran, hydroxylated methacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene,plastic, glass, ceramic, silicone. Alternatively, the microcarrier maybe a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier. The microcarriermay be coupled with protamine or polylysine.

The microcarrier is preferably positively charged and preferably has apositive surface charge. It may be hydrophilic. The microcarrier ispreferably rod-shaped, e.g. cylindrical, or substantially spherical inshape.

In a further aspect of the present invention the use of a microcarriercoated in a matrix for the propagation of primate or human stem cells isprovided, the microcarrier being chosen from: DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53(Whatman), QA-52 (Whatman), TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh) or ToyopearlAF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh), SM1010 (Blue Membranes) and SH1010 (BlueMembranes).

The matrix preferably comprises an extracellular matrix component. Morepreferably the matrix comprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BDBiosciences), hyaluronic acid, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin,collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextran sulphate,chondroitin sulphate. The matrix may comprise a mixture of laminin,collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

As part of the present invention, the methods described herein may alsobe used to achieve the stable and long term culturing of non-pluripotentstem cells, particularly multipotent stem cells, such as adult stemcells or multipotent stem cells derived from pluripotent stem cells (forexample multipotent stem cells derived from embryonic stem cells). Themultipotent stem cells may be derived from human or primate pluripotentstem cells, e.g. hESCs.

By using the methods described here, multipotent stem cells (e.g. adultstem cells) can be continually expanded between each passage and themultipotency of the expanded adult stem cell population may bemaintained, preferably beyond at least passage 2, more preferably beyondone of passages 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25.

Accordingly, the culture, growth, propagation and differentiation ofmultipotent stem cells may be conducted in accordance with any of themethods, aspects, embodiments and preferred features described hereinfor the culture, growth, differentiation and propagation of pluripotentstem cells such as human or primate embryonic stem cells. Microcarriersused for culture, growth, proliferation and/or differentiation ofmultipotent stem cells may be uncoated or have a matrix coating.

In accordance with this, in another aspect of the present invention amethod of culturing multipotent stem cells in suspension culture invitro is provided, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching multipotent stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (ii) are        multipotent.

In another aspect of the present invention a method of culturingmultipotent stem cells in suspension culture in vitro is provided, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching multipotent stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        multipotent.

In some embodiments of the two aspects described immediately above thesurface of the microcarriers in (i) is coated in a matrix.

Multipotent stem cells obtained by these methods are also provided.

In a further aspect of the present invention a method of culturing anddifferentiating multipotent stem cells in vitro is provided, the methodcomprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,        wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are        multipotent, the method further comprising:    -   (v) attaching multipotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

In some embodiments the surface of the microcarriers in (i) is coated ina first matrix.

In another aspect of the present invention a method of differentiatingstem cells in vitro is provided, the method comprising attachingmultipotent stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to formmicrocarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, and culturing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension culture under conditionsthat induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

Differentiated cells obtained by these methods are also provided.

According to one aspect of the present invention, we provide a particlecomprising a matrix coated thereon and having a positive charge, theparticle being of a size to allow aggregation of primate or human stemcells attached thereto.

The particle may comprise a substantially elongate, cylindrical or rodshaped particle or a substantially compact or spherical shaped particle.

The particle may comprise a substantially elongate, cylindrical or rodshaped particle having a longest dimension of between 50 μm and 400 μm.The particle may comprise a longest dimension of about 200 μm. Theparticle may comprise a shortest dimension of between 20 μm and 30 μm.The particle may comprise a cellulose cylindrical microcarrier.

The particle may comprise DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman) or QA-52(Whatman).

The particle may comprise a substantially compact or spherical shapedparticle having a size of between about 20 μm and about 120 μm. Theparticle may have a size of about 65 μm. The particle may comprise ahydrophilic microcarrier, a hydroxylated methacrylic matrix microcarrieror derivatised hydrophilic beaded microcarrier.

The particle may comprise TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh) or ToyopearlAF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh).

The particle may comprise a macroporous or microporous carboseedmicrocarrier. The particle may comprise SM1010 (Blue Membranes) orSH1010 (Blue Membranes).

The particle may be derivatised to carry a positive charge. The particlemay be coupled with tertiary amine or quaternary amine at small ionexchange capacity of 1-2 milli-equivalents per gram dry weight materialof particle. The particle may be coupled with protamine sulphate orpoly-L-lysine hydrobromide at a concentration of up to 20 mg/mlparticles. The positive charge of the particle may be between 0.5 to 4milli equivalent units/ml (mEq).

The matrix may comprise a physiologically relevant matrix that allowsgrowth of the stem cells. The matrix may comprise an extracellularmatrix component. The matrix may be selected from the group consistingof: Matrigel, hyaluronic acid, hyaluronic acid from bovine vitreoushumor, hyaluronic acid sodium from streptococcus, heparan sulphate,heparan sulphate from bovine kidney, dextran sulphate, dextran sulphatesodium, heparin sulphate and chondroitin sulphate. The matrix maycomprise Matrigel (BD Biosciences).

There is provided, according to another aspect of the present invention,a particle according to the aspect of the invention described above,which comprises a primate or human stem cell attached thereto.

In accordance with the aspects, embodiments and features of the presentinvention described herein, there is provided a particle or microcarrierthat is suitable for use in the in vitro suspension culture ofpluripotent or multipotent cells so as to generate new cells havingpluripotent or multipotent status or cells that are the product ofdifferentiation of the pluripotent or multipotent cells, the particle ormicrocarrier having a compact or elongate shape and having a longestdimension of less than about 2000 μm and a shortest dimension of morethan about 10 μm, wherein the surface of the microcarrier is coated in amatrix and has a plurality of pluripotent or multipotent cells attachedto said matrix. In some embodiments the matrix coating is in the form ofa layer of matrix, preferably a thin layer.

In one embodiment a microcarrier is provided, wherein the microcarrieris suitable for use in the growth and/or differentiation of pluripotentor multipotent cells in in vitro suspension culture, wherein themicrocarrier comprises one or more of cellulose, dextran, hydroxylatedmethacrylate, or collagen, and wherein the microcarrier has an elongateshape and has a longest dimension of less than about 2000 μm and ashortest dimension of more than about 10 μm, and wherein the surface ofthe microcarrier is coated in a matrix, and wherein one or a pluralityof pluripotent or multipotent cells are attached to the matrix coating.

In some embodiments the microcarrier is rod-shaped. In some embodimentsthe matrix coating comprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences),hyaluronic acid, laminin, or fibronectin. In some embodiments themicrocarrier is positively charged or has a positive surface charge. Insome embodiments the longest dimension of the microcarrier is between 50μm and 400 μm.

An aggregate comprising two or more such microcarriers is also provided.

The use of the microcarriers in the culture of pluripotent ormultipotent cells in vitro to generate new cells having pluripotent ormultipotent status is also provided. The use of the microcarriers in thein vitro differentiation of pluripotent or multipotent cells is alsoprovided. Accordingly, a method of culturing pluripotent or multipotentcells in vitro to generate new cells having pluripotent or multipotentstatus, the method comprising culturing the microcarriers underconditions suitable for the generation of new cells having pluripotentor multipotent status, is also provided. A method of differentiatingpluripotent or multipotent cells in vitro, the method comprisingculturing the microcarriers under conditions that induce thedifferentiation of the pluripotent or multipotent cells, is alsoprovided.

We provide, according to another aspect of the present invention, amethod of propagating primate or human stem cells, the methodcomprising: (a) providing a first primate or human stem cell attached toa first particle; (b) providing a second primate or human stem cellattached to a second particle; (c) allowing the first primate or humanstem cell to contact the second primate or human stem cell to form anaggregate of cells; and (d) culturing the aggregate to propagate theprimate or human stem cells for at least one passage; in which the firstand second particles each comprise a matrix coated thereon and having apositive charge, the particles being of a size to allow aggregation ofprimate or human stem cells attached thereto.

The particle or each particle may comprise a feature as set out in theaspects of the invention described above.

The method may enable primate or human stem cells to be continuouslypropagated for a plurality of passages. The method may enable primate orhuman stem cells to be continuously propagated for at least 5, at least10, at least 12, at least 13 or at least 14 passages. The method maycomprise passaging into or from a 2D colony culture.

The method may comprise freezing and thawing the primate or human stemcells. The method may comprise agitation at 30 rpm or more or at 100 rpmor more. The method may comprise propagating primate or human stem cellsat a volume of 25 ml or more or 50 ml or more. The method may comprisepropagating primate or human stem cells in a spinner suspension culture.

The propagated primate or human stem cells may retain at least onebiological activity of a primate or human stem cell after the statednumber of passages. The biological activity of a primate or human stemcell may be selected from the group consisting of: (i) expression of apluripotency marker, (ii) cell viability; (iii) normal karyotype, (iv)ability to differentiate into endoderm, ectoderm and mesoderm. Thebiological activity of a primate or human stem cell may compriseexpression of a pluripotency marker selected from the group consistingof: OCT-4, SSEA-4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84.

The method may enable primate or human stem cells to be passaged at asplit ratio of 1:6 or more, 1:10 or more, 1:15 or more, 1:20 or more or1:26 or more. The method may enable propagation of primate or human stemcells to a volumetric productivity of 2 million cells/ml or more.

The method may comprise propagating the primate or human stem cells inserum free media or stem cell conditioned media.

The method may further comprise the step of separating the primate orhuman stem cells from the particles.

As a another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a methodfor producing a differentiated cell, the method comprising propagating aprimate or human stem cell according to the above aspect of theinvention, and causing the primate or human stem cell to differentiate.

We provide, according to another aspect of the present invention, amethod for producing an embryoid body, the method comprising propagatinga primate or human stem cell according to the above described aspects ofthe invention and culturing the primate or human stem cell to form anembryoid body.

The present invention, in another aspect, provides a method of treatinga disease in an individual in need of treatment, the method comprisingpropagating a primate or human stem cell according to the abovedescribed aspect of the invention, producing a differentiated cellaccording the above described aspect of the invention or producing anembryoid body according to the above described aspect of the inventionand administering the primate or human stem cell, differentiated cell orembryoid body into the individual.

The primate or human stem cell may comprise a primate or human embryonicstem cell, a primate or human adult stem cell or a primate or humaninduced pluripotent stem cell.

In another aspect of the present invention, there is provided anaggregate comprising a two or more particles comprising stem cellsattached thereto, each according to any of the aspects of the invention.

According to another aspect of the present invention, we provide a cellculture comprising a particle according to an aspect of the invention,or an aggregate according to the above aspect of the invention.

We provide, according to another aspect of the invention, a containercomprising a particle according to an aspect of the invention, or anaggregate according to the above aspect of the invention, together withcell culture media.

There is provided, in accordance with another aspect of the presentinvention, a device for propagating primate or human stem cells, thedevice comprising a particle according to an aspect of the invention oran aggregate according to the above aspect of the invention.

The container or device may comprise a bioreactor.

As another aspect of the invention, we provide a primate or human stemcell propagated by a method according to the above described aspect ofthe invention, a differentiated cell produced by a method according tothe above described aspect of the invention or an embryoid body producedby a method according to the above described aspect of the invention.

According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided use of aparticle for the propagation and/or differentiation of primate or humanstem cells, the particle being selected from the group consisting of:DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman), QA-52 (Whatman), TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw(Tosoh) or Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh), SM1010 (Blue Membranes) andSH1010 (Blue Membranes).

According to one aspect of the present invention a method of propagatinghuman embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in in vitro suspension culture isprovided, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching hESCs to a plurality of microcarriers;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarriers from (i) in suspension culture        for a period of time sufficient to expand the number of hESCs;    -   (iii) passaging the expanded population of hESCs from (ii);    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 5 passages,        wherein in each repeat cycle the hESCs of step (i) are obtained        from the passaged cells of step (iii) of the preceding repeat        cycle,

wherein hESCs in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent, andwherein the microcarriers have:

-   -   (a) a compact shape in which the longest dimension is between        250 μm and 10 μm; or    -   (b) an elongate shape,

and wherein the microcarriers are coated in a matrix coating comprisingone or both of Matrigel and hyaluronic acid.

The matrix coating applied to the microcarriers may optionally consistof Matrigel and/or hyaluronic acid.

In some preferred embodiments the microcarrier is substantiallyspherical in shape and has a diameter between 90 μm and 10 μm, morepreferably between 80 μm and 40 μm or between 70 μm and 50 μm. In someembodiments the microcarrier is substantially spherical in shape and hasa diameter of about 65 μm.

In other preferred embodiments the microcarrier is rod shaped.Preferably, the rod shaped microcarrier has a longest dimension ofbetween 2000 μm to 20 μm. In preferred embodiments the microcarrier iscomposed of one or more of: plastic, glass, ceramic, silicone, gelatin,dextran, cellulose, hydroxylated methacrylate, polystyrene, or collagen.In particularly preferred embodiments the microcarrier is a cellulose,dextran or polystyrene microcarrier. Preferred microcarriers are chosenfrom: TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh); Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh), DE-52,DE-53, QA-52, Cytodex 1, Cytodex 3, Hillex, Hillex II. In someembodiments the microcarrier is a macroporous or microporous carboseedmicrocarrier. Microcarriers may be derivatised, e.g. with protamine orpolylysine, to generate positive charge.

In some embodiments in step (ii) the hESC are expanded to confluency ornear confluency, before passaging. The hESC may be expanded in each step(ii), or in the method as a whole, such that the population of hESC isone of at least 0.2, at least 0.4, at least half, at least 0.6, at least0.8, or at least one order of magnitude greater than the number of hESCsattached to the microcarriers in step (i), before passaging. The hESCmay be expanded in each step (ii), or in the method as a whole, suchthat the population of hESC is one of two, three, four, five, ten ortwenty times the number of hESCs attached to the microcarriers in step(i), before passaging.

In step (iv), steps (i)-(iii) are preferably repeated through one of: atleast 6 passages, at least 7 passages, at least 8 passages, at least 9passages, at least 10 passages, at least 11 passages, at least 12passages, at least 13 passages, at least 14 passages, at least 15passages, at least 16 passages, at least 17 passages, at least 18passages, at least 19 passages, at least 20 passages, at least 21passages, at least 22 passages, at least 23 passages, at least 24passages, at least 25 passages, at least 30 passages, at least 40passages, at least 50 passages, at least 60 passages, at least 70passages, at least 80 passages, at least 90 passages, at least 100passages.

In the methods described above, a significant proportion of the expandedhuman embryonic stem cells will be pluripotent. In preferred embodimentsafter step (iv) at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% orsubstantially 100% of the hESCs in the culture are pluripotent.

Pluripotency may be measured by detecting expression of one, two, threeor all of Oct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84. In preferred embodiments,after step (iv) at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% orsubstantially 100% of the hESCs in the culture express one, two, threeor all of Oct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84.

In some embodiments the method may be continued through sufficientpassages to achieve a log¹⁰ difference in the total number of cellsobtained from the culture as compared with the number of cells oninitiation of the culture.

In some embodiments the human embryonic stem cells may be co-culturedwith feeder cells. The feeder cells may be attached to microcarriersadded to the culture. These microcarriers may optionally be coated in amatrix coating, as described herein. Alternatively feeder cells may beattached to uncoated microcarriers. In some embodiments feeder cells andstem cells may be seeded to the same microcarrier(s).

Preferably, an expansion in the number of human embryonic stem cellsoccurs between substantially every passage, for example the number ofhuman embryonic stem cells increases between at least 70% of passages,more preferably between at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% orsubstantially 100% of passages.

Methods according to the present invention may comprise passaging intoor from an alternative culture system, e.g. a 2D culture. Cells may bestored, e.g. frozen and thawed, in order to facilitate transfer betweenthe culture systems.

In some embodiments the human embryonic stem cells may be cultured onother particles/surfaces for a limited period of time. For example,human embryonic stem cells from step (ii) or (iii) may be cultured on 2Dculture for a limited number of passages (e.g. less than 5, morepreferably less than 3, more preferably 1) before being returned toculture on matrix coated microcarriers. In similar examples, humanembryonic stem cells from step (ii) or (iii) may be cultured onnon-matrix coated microcarriers for a limited number of passages (e.g.less than 5, more preferably less than 3, more preferably 1) beforebeing returned to culture on matrix coated microcarriers.

In some embodiments human embryonic stem cells may be removed from theculture method and maintained in an alternative culture system for alimited number of passages (e.g. less than 5, more preferably less than3, more preferably 1) before being returned to suspension culture inaccordance with the present invention.

In other embodiments human embryonic stem cells may be removed from theculture method and stored (e.g. as frozen cells) before being returnedto suspension culture in accordance with the present invention.

In such embodiments return to suspension culture in accordance with thepresent invention does not require a return to the same culture. Thesuspension culture according to the present invention may even becontinued in a different geographical location, e.g. following freezingand transport of cells.

Accordingly, in a further aspect of the present invention a method ofpropagating human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in in vitro suspensionculture is provided, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching hESCs to a plurality of microcarriers;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarriers from (i) in suspension culture        for a period of time sufficient to expand the number of hESCs;    -   (iii) passaging the expanded population of hESCs from (ii);    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 5 passages,        wherein in each repeat cycle the hESCs of step (i) are obtained        from the passaged cells of step (iii) of the preceding repeat        cycle,

wherein hESCs in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent, andwherein the microcarriers have:

-   -   (a) a compact shape in which the longest dimension is between        250 μm and 10 μm; or    -   (b) an elongate shape,

and wherein for at least 60% of the cycles of steps (i)-(iii) themicrocarriers are coated in a matrix coating comprising one or both ofMatrigel and hyaluronic acid.

Preferably, for at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99% orsubstantially 100% of the cycles of steps (i)-(iii) the microcarriersare coated in a matrix coating comprising one or both of Matrigel andhyaluronic acid.

Methods according to the present invention may comprise continuous orintermittent agitation of the cell culture, e.g. from about 5 to about200 rpm, about 5 to about 150 rpm, about 5 to about 100 rpm, about 30rpm or more or about 50 rpm or more, or about 100 rpm or more.Alternatively the methods may comprise static culture.

In some embodiments an increase in the rate or amount of agitation maybe used to induce differentiation of cells, whereas a lower rate oramount of agitation may be used to expand pluripotent or multipotentcell populations without inducing significant differentiation.

To culture pluripotent or multipotent cell populations without inducingsignificant differentiation cultures may be agitated at from about 5 rpmto about 100 rpm, from about 5 rpm to about 50 rpm, from about 5 rpm toabout 40 rpm, from about 5 rpm to about 30 rpm, from about 5 rpm toabout 25 rpm, from about 5 rpm to about 20 rpm, from about 5 rpm toabout 15 rpm, from about 5 rpm to about 10 rpm.

For the induction of significant differentiation cultures may beagitated at from about 25 rpm to about 200 rpm or more, e.g. from about30 rpm to about 200 rpm or more, from about 35 rpm to about 200 rpm ormore, from about 40 rpm to about 200 rpm or more, from about 45 rpm toabout 200 rpm or more, from about 50 rpm to about 200 rpm or more, fromabout 75 rpm to about 200 rpm or more, from about 100 rpm to about 200rpm or more.

Significant differentiation of cells may include the situation where atleast about 10% of cells in the culture differentiate. Alternatively,this may be where at least one of about 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%,45% or 50% of cells in the culture differentiate.

Accordingly, methods of the invention may comprise conducting a firstpart of the method at a first rate or amount of agitation in order toculture cells whilst maintaining their pluripotent or multipotent statusfollowed by a second part in which cells are cultured at a second rateor amount of agitation in order to allow cells in the culture todifferentiate. The first rate or amount is preferably less than thesecond rate or amount. The first part of the method may therefore expandthe population of pluripotent or multipotent cells and the second partof the method may begin the process of differentiation of some or all ofthose cells towards the endoderm, ectoderm or mesoderm lineage.

The propagated human embryonic stem cells preferably retain at least onebiological activity of a human embryonic stem cell after the statednumber of passages. The biological activity may be chosen from the groupconsisting of: (i) expression of a pluripotency marker, (ii) cellviability; (iii) normal karyotype, (iv) ability to differentiate intoendoderm, ectoderm and mesoderm. The biological activity may compriseexpression of a pluripotency marker chosen from the group consisting of:OCT-4, SSEA-4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84.

Methods according to the present invention preferably enable humanembryonic stem cells to be passaged at a split ratio of 1:6 or more,1:10 or more, 1:15 or more, 1:20 or more or 1:26 or more.

Methods according to the present invention preferably enable propagationof human embryonic stem cells to a volumetric productivity of 2 millioncells/ml or more.

Methods according to the present invention may further comprise the stepof separating the human embryonic stem cells from the particles.

A method for producing a differentiated cell is also provided, themethod comprising propagating a human embryonic stem cell according to amethod of the present invention followed by causing the human embryonicstem cell to differentiate.

A method for producing an embryoid body is also provided, the methodcomprising propagating a human embryonic stem cell according to a methodof the present invention and culturing the human embryonic stem cell toform an embryoid body.

A method of treating a disease in an individual in need of treatment isalso provided, the method comprising propagating a human embryonic stemcell according to a method of the present invention, producing adifferentiated cell or an embryoid body and administering the humanembryonic stem cell, differentiated cell or embryoid body into theindividual.

The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwiseindicated, conventional techniques of chemistry, molecular biology,microbiology, recombinant DNA and immunology, which are within thecapabilities of a person of ordinary skill in the art. Such techniquesare explained in the literature. See, for example, J. Sambrook, E. F.Fritsch, and T. Maniatis, 1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,Second Edition, Books 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Ausubel,F. M. et al. (1995 and periodic supplements; Current Protocols inMolecular Biology, ch. 9, 13, and 16, John Wiley & Sons, New York,N.Y.); B. Roe, J. Crabtree, and A. Kahn, 1996, DNA Isolation andSequencing: Essential Techniques, John Wiley & Sons; J. M. Polak andJames O'D. McGee, 1990, Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach,Irl Press; D. M. J. Lilley and J. E. Dahlberg, 1992, Methods ofEnzymology: DNA Structure Part A: Synthesis and Physical Analysis of DNAMethods in Enzymology, Academic Press; Using Antibodies: A LaboratoryManual: Portable Protocol NO. I by Edward Harlow, David Lane, Ed Harlow(1999, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN 0-87969-544-7);Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual by Ed Harlow (Editor), David Lane(Editor) (1988, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN0-87969-314-2), 1855; and Lab Ref: A Handbook of Recipes, Reagents, andOther Reference Tools for Use at the Bench, Edited Jane Roskams andLinda Rodgers, 2002, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, ISBN 0-87969-630-3.Each of these general texts is herein incorporated by reference.

The invention includes the combination of the aspects and preferredfeatures described except where such a combination is clearlyimpermissible or expressly avoided.

The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes onlyand are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.

Aspects and embodiments of the present invention will now beillustrated, by way of example, with reference to the accompanyingfigures. Further aspects and embodiments will be apparent to thoseskilled in the art. All documents mentioned in this text areincorporated herein by reference.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed incolor. Copies of this patent or patent application publication withcolor drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and paymentof the necessary fee.

Embodiments and experiments illustrating the principles of the inventionwill now be discussed with reference to the accompanying figures inwhich:

FIG. 1 shows microcarriers which are capable of attaching and growinghESC. Three types of microcarriers were used: rod shaped, cellulosemicrocarriers; small, spherical Tosoh hydrophilic microcarriers andlarge, spherical, microporous and macroporous carboseed microcarriers.FIG. 1A shows cellulose microcarriers. FIG. 1B shows Tosoh (hydrophilic)microcarriers. FIG. 1C shows microporous carboseeds. FIG. 1D showsmacroporous carboseeds.

FIG. 2. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-2 & HES-3), passaging and qualitycontrol. Workflow of transferring colony 2D cultures to microcarriers bymechanical or enzymatic dissociation, and passaging microcarriercultures to by microcarriers by both methods.

FIG. 3. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-2 & HES-3), passaging and qualitycontrol. Workflow of transferring microcarriers cultures back to 2Dcolony cultures as well as continually passaging microcarrier culturesfollowed by characterization of the cultures by cell numbers, viability,flow cytometry of pluripotent markers, histology, karyotype, embryoidbody and teratoma formation.

FIG. 4 shows that the microcarriers described here can support freezingof hESC cultures. Workflow of freezing 2D colony hESC cultures andthawing hESC directly onto microcarriers for culturing. Microcarriercultures are also frozen, thawed and propagated again.

FIG. 5. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned mediaand defined media. Measurements of growth kinetics, metabolism ofglucose, glutamine, lactate, ammonia, amino acids and pH ofmicrocarriers cultured in conditioned media as well as 2 commercialserum free media, StemPro and mTeSR-1.

FIG. 6. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-3), passaging and quality control.FIG. 6A shows maintenance of pluripotent markers after mechanicaldissociation: passaging cells through with 100 and 500 micron mesh andseeding microcarriers. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 after hESC has been passed through a 100 micron mesh. FIG. 6Bshows maintenance of pluripotent markers after mechanical breakage ofcells on microcarriers by pipetting followed by 1:10 dilution to seednew microcarriers. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 after hESC have been subject to pipetting followed by 1 in 10dilution onto microcarriers. FIG. 6C shows a control of 2D colonycultures. FIG. 6D shows maintenance of pluripotent markers afterenzymatic dissociation: TrypLE treated hESC are seeded on microcarriers.Cell counts taken on day 7=4.3 E6 cells/well.

FIG. 7. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-3), passaging and quality control.7 day cultures of hESC after trypLE treatment in 2D colony vs.microcarriers cultures. hESC on matrigel coated static cellulosemicrocarriers. FIG. 7A. Photos of hESC in 2D colony cultures and onmicrocarriers at 0.8× and 5× magnifications. FIG. 7B hESC at days 1 and6 on microcarriers at 0.8× and 5× magnifications.

FIG. 8. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-3), passaging and quality control.hESC on matrigel coated static cellulose microcarriers. FIG. 8A. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after passage 5. FIG. 8B.FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after passage 9.FIG. 8C and FIG. 8D show stable FACS of hESC at passages 4 and 6 onmatrigel coated static microcarriers. Nuclei count range from 7 to 8million/well. FIG. 8C. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 after passage 4. FIG. 8D. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4,SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after passage 6. FIG. 8E. FACS of pluripotentmarkers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 in control 2D colony culture. Nucleicount is typically only 2 to 4 million/well.

FIG. 9. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-3), passaging and quality control.Histological analysis of microcarrier cultures in conditioned media andKO media by phase contrast, staining with DAPI and TRA-1-60.Histological Analysis of hESC Cellulose Microcarrier Cultures; HES-3 atpassage 3. Row 1: Mechanical dissociation, Matrigel coated microcarriersin CM, static. Row 2: trypLE enzyme harvest, Matrigel coatedmicrocarriers in CM, static. Row 3: Native microcarriers in CMSuspension at 100 rpm. Row 4: Native microcarriers in CM static.

FIG. 10. Seeding of hESC cultures (HES-3), passaging and qualitycontrol. Replating hESC from microcarriers to matrigel coated 6 cmtissue culture petridish; P5 to P6. Nuclei Count=20 million cells/plate.FIG. 10A. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 afterreplating microcarrier cultures onto a 6 cm petridish. FIG. 10B. Photosof replated hESC at 0.8× and 5× magnifications.

FIG. 11. Freezing of hESC cultures. FIG. 11A. FACS of pluripotentmarkers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after frozen hESC colonies werethawed directly onto microcarriers. Nuclei count on day 7=4.2×10E6cells/well in a 6 well plate. FIG. 11B. FACS of pluripotent markersOct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC on microcarriers after being frozen,thawed and cultured with their respective cell counts. Nuclei Count onday 14=7.14×10⁶ cells/well. Note: cells were cultured over a longerperiod of time due to cell death post thawing. Cells regained normalgrowth rate over time.

FIG. 12. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparison of hESC growth kinetics on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Growth kinetics of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures and their associated pH profiles. Seeding density of 0.67×10E6cells/well (20 mg/ml of microcarriers in 5 mls of media).

FIG. 13. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparison of metabolism of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Daily glucose and glutamine consumption profiles and lactateand ammonia production profiles of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Glutamine consumption over time is shown in FIG. 13A; glucoseconsumption over time is shown in FIG. 13B; lactate production over timeis shown in FIG. 13C; and ammonium production is shown in FIG. 13D.

FIG. 14. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparison of metabolism of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Specific consumption rates of glutamine and glucose profilesand lactate and ammonia production rates of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2Dcolony cultures FIG. 14A shows glutamine consumption over time; FIG. 14Bshows glucose consumption over time; FIG. 14C shows lactate productionover time; and FIG. 14D shows ammonium accumulation over time.

FIG. 15. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparing inoculation from 2D colony cultures and microcarrierscultures. Growth kinetics of hESC on microcarriers (seeded from 2Dcolonies or from microcarriers) vs. 2D colony cultures controls andtheir associated pH profiles. Cell counts/well: Seeding density of5×10E5 cells/well. Higher cell numbers for microcarriers. Split ratio1:18. Doubling times: microcarriers=33 hours. 2D colony cultures=58hours. pH measurement: for all 3 conditions, steeper drop in pH after5^(th) day.

FIG. 16. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparison of metabolism of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Comparison of metabolism of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2Dcolony cultures. Daily glucose and glutamine consumption profiles andlactate and ammonia production profiles of hESC on microcarriers (seededfrom 2D colonies or from microcarriers) vs. 2D colony cultures.

FIG. 17. Growth kinetics and metabolism in Knock Out conditioned media.Comparison of metabolism of hESC on microcarriers vs. 2D colonycultures. Specific consumption rates of glutamine and glucose profilesand lactate and ammonia production rates of hESC on microcarriers(seeded from 2D colonies or from microcarriers) vs. 2D colony cultures.

FIG. 18. Growth kinetics and metabolism in serum free defined media.FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC onmicrocarriers in StemPro serum free media (passage 5) and mTeSR-1(passage 4).

FIG. 19. Coating of carriers. Hyaluronic acid, heparan sulphate, dextransulphate. Cell counts on day 7 of cellulose microcarriers coated withheparin sulphate, hyaluronic acid, dextran sulphate, conditioned media,KO media and matrigel.

FIG. 20. Agitation of hESC on matrigel coated microcarriers at 100 rpm.Photos of hESC at day 1 and 6 on microcarriers agitated at 100 rpm at0.8× and 5× magnifications.

FIG. 21. Agitation at 100, 150 rpm. FACS results for agitated matrigelcoated carriers at 100 and 150 rpm. Note: Both experiments were passagedfrom hESC on Microcarriers. FIG. 21A. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4,SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC on microcarriers agitated at 100 rpm. FIG.21B. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC onmicrocarriers agitated at 150 rpm.

FIG. 22. Agitation of hESC on matrigel coated microcarriers at 150 rpm.Photos of hESC at day 1 and 6 on microcarriers agitated at 150 rpm at0.8× and 5× magnifications.

FIG. 23. FACS results for agitated matrigel coated carriers at 150 rpmfor 2 consecutive weeks FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 of hESC on microcarriers agitated at 150 rpm at passage 1 and2. FIG. 23A shows the FACS results for passage 1; FIG. 23B shows theFACS results for passage 2.

FIG. 24. HES-2 on microcarriers in static and 150 rpm cultures atpassage 2. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, and TRA-1-60 of hESC(HES-2 cell line) from 2D colony and microcarrier cultures agitated at150 rpm at passage 2.

FIG. 25. HES-2 in 2D colony cultures vs. microcarriers cultures instatic, 100 rpm and 150 rpm. Cell counts of hESC cultured in 2D colony,microcarriers in static conditions, agitated at 100 and 150 rpm over 7consecutive passages.

FIG. 26. HES2 in 2D colony cultures vs. microcarriers cultures in staticand 100 rpm. FIG. 26A. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 of hESC cultured in 2D colony. FIG. 26B. FACS of pluripotentmarkers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured in microcarriers instatic conditions. FIG. 26C. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured and agitated at 100 rpm at passage 5.

FIG. 27. Charges of carriers—DE52, DE53, Q53. FIG. 27A. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured incellulose microcarriers DE52. FIG. 27B. FACS of pluripotent markersOct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured in cellulose microcarriersDE53. FIG. 27C. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60of hESC cultured in cellulose microcarriers QA52 at passage 3.

FIG. 28. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. hESC oncarbon carboseed microcarriers. Histological analysis of microcarriercultures on carbon microcarriers stained with DAPI and TRA-1-60 on day5. Histological analysis of microcarrier cultures on carbonmicrocarriers stained with DAPI and TRA-1-60 on day 7.

FIG. 29. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. HES3growth on microporous carbon (SH1010) microcarriers with differentcoatings compared to control in a 24 well plate. Growth kinetics of hESCon uncoated, SH1010 microporous carbon microcarriers, coated withfibronectin or matrigel and compared to 2D colony controls.

FIG. 30. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Stainedbeads: day 3. Histological analysis of hESC cultures on microporouscarbon microcarriers by phase contrast, stained with DAPI and TRA-1-60on uncoated, matrigel or fibronectin coated microcarriers on day 3.

FIG. 31. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Stainedbeads: day 5. Histological analysis of hESC cultures on microporouscarbon microcarriers by phase contrast, stained with DAPI and TRA-1-60on uncoated, matrigel or fibronectin coated microcarriers on day 5.

FIG. 32. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Stainedbeads: day 7. Histological analysis of hESC cultures on microporouscarbon microcarriers by phase contrast, stained with DAPI and TRA-1-60on uncoated, matrigel or fibronectin coated microcarriers on day 7.

FIG. 33. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. FACSanalysis and comparison of Oct-4, Tra-1-60 and SSEA-4 expression levelsbetween Fn coated carbon beads (D-F) and control (A-C) at day 7 areshown in FIG. 33A (Oct-4 expression level comparison), FIG. 33B(Tra-1-60 expression level comparison), FIG. 33C (SSCA-4 expressionlevel comparison). FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 of hESC cultured in 2D colony controls and on fibronectincoated macroporous carbon microcarriers are shown in FIG. 33D (FACS ofOct-4), FIG. 33E (FACS of SSEA-4), and FIG. 33F (FACS of Tra-1-60).

FIG. 34. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Oct-4 GFPHES2 on Fn coated carbon microcarriers vs. control. FIG. 34A. Growth ofhESC in 2D colony controls and on fibronectin coated microporous carbonmicrocarriers. Viabilities >95%. FIGS. 34B and 34C. FACS of pluripotentmarker Oct-4 in both conditions (B: Carbon microcarriers and C:Control).

FIG. 35. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Comparisonof SH1010 and SM1010 microcarriers vs. the 2D colony control (OCD).Growth of hESC in 2D colony controls and on fibronectin coatedmacroporous (SH1010) and microporous (SM1010) carbon microcarriers

FIG. 36. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured on fibronectincoated macroporous carbon microcarriers.

FIG. 37. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads.Histological analysis of hESC cultures on macroporous and microporouscarbon microcarriers stained with DAPI, Phalloidin and TRA-1-60.

FIG. 38. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. 15 day oldmicrocarrier cultures. Growth of hESC on matrigel coated macroporouscarbon microcarriers over 15 days compared to 2D colony controls over 7days.

FIG. 39. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured on macroporouscarbon microcarriers over 15 days.

FIG. 40. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Increasedfeeding of conditioned media Growth of hESC on carbon microcarriers with2× volume vs. 1× volume feeding vs. 2D colony controls.

FIG. 41. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC cultured on macroporouscarbon microcarriers with 2× volume feeding.

FIG. 42. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads.Histological analysis of hESC cultures on macroporous carbonmicrocarriers stained with DAPI, Phalloidin and TRA-1-60.

FIG. 43. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. HES2 GFPcell line grown on macroporous microcarriers vs. 2D colony control.(FIG. 43A). Duplicate experiments with another cell line (HES-2) grownon macroporous microcarriers vs. 2D colony controls. (FIG. 43B).

FIG. 44. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 of HES-2 cell line cultured onmacroporous carbon microcarriers after 7 days.

FIG. 45. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. Imageswere taken every two days under the fluorescence microscope with 4×Magnification. The pictures show that the GFP cell cultured on themicrocarriers grew from day 1 to day 7. Photos of fluorescent HES-2 GFPcell line growing on macroporous carbon microcarriers over 7 days.

FIG. 46. Sizes and shapes of carriers—spherical carbon beads. 1 mmMacroporous Beads vs. 2D Controls. Extending culture to 12 daysincreased cell density to 1.2×10e6 cells. FIG. 46A. Growth of hESC oncarbon microcarriers after inoculation on static, high mixing (every 30mins) and low mixing (every 2 hrs) coated with matrigel or fibronectinvs. 2D colony controls coated with matrigel or fibronectin. Highmix—every 30 mins. Low mix—every 2 hrs. Mixing during inoculation doesnot reduce cell growth on 1 mm beads. FACS of pluripotent markers Oct-4,SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 under these conditions. FIG. 46B. Expression ofpluripotent markers Oct-4, Tra-1-60 and SSEA-4 are stable.

FIG. 47. Co-culture and feeders on microcarriers. FIG. 47A. Photo ofco-cultures of feeders on Cytodex with hESC on cellulose microcarriers.FIG. 47B. Photo of feeders on polylysine coated Tosoh with hESC oncellulose microcarriers.

FIG. 48. Co-culture and feeders on microcarriers. FIG. 48A. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of co-cultures of feederson Cytodex with hESC on cellulose microcarriers. FIG. 48B. FACS ofpluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 of co-cultures of feederson polylysine coated Tosoh with hESC on cellulose microcarriers.

FIG. 49. Spinner cultures. Exponential growth profile of hESC in 50 mlspinner cultures on microcarriers compared to static microcarrier and 2Dcolony cultures.

FIG. 50. Characterisation data, normal karyotypes at passage 6. Normalkaryotype of HES-2 and HES-3 cell lines after 6 consecutive passages(equivalent to 24 cell doublings) on cellulose microcarriers.

FIG. 51. Comparison of hESC growth on cellulose microcarrier vs. 2Dcolony cultures.

FIG. 52. Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 expression at passage 15 and 16 ofhESC culture on Matrigel coated DE53 carriers.

FIG. 53. Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 expression at passages 21-23 of hESCculture on Matrigel coated DE53 carriers, and following replating ofpassage 23 onto 2D colony culture.

FIG. 54. Microcarrier cultures of HES-3 retain a normal 46XX karyotypeas late as passages 22 and 25. Passage 22 karyotype is shown in FIG.54A; passage 25 karyotype is shown in FIG. 54B.

FIG. 55. Microcarrier cultures of HES-2 retain a normal 46XX karyotypeas late as passage 14.

FIG. 56. hESC from microcarrier cultures at passage 3 and 27differentiated into embryoid bodies and were able to form cells of the 3germ layers represented by genes of the endoderm (amylase and GATA6),ectoderm (keratin and neurofilament, NF) and mesoderm (MSX1 and HAND1).

FIG. 57. (A-C) Teratomas were formed with cells of the 3 germ layersfrom FIG. 56.

FIG. 58. Growth of hESC on microcarriers in mTeSR1 vs StemPRO media.

FIG. 59. Comparison of doubling time of hESC on microcarriers in mTeSR1vs StemPRO media.

FIG. 60. Comparison of metabolism in defined media (mTeSR1 vs StemPRO)for hESC microcarrier cultures.

FIG. 61. Comparison of metabolism in defined media (mTeSR1 vs StemPRO)for hESC microcarrier cultures.

FIG. 62. Comparison of ions and osmolarity in defined media (mTeSR1 vsStemPRO) for hESC microcarrier cultures.

FIG. 63. Amino acid analysis in defined media (mTeSR1 vs StemPRO) forhESC microcarrier cultures.

FIG. 64. (a) Consumption rates of amino acids for hESC microcarriercultures in mTeSR1. (b) Consumption rates of amino acids for hESCmicrocarrier cultures in StemPRO.

FIG. 65. pH and total no. of cells for hESC microcarrier culture inmTeSR1 and StemPRO.

FIG. 66. Growth kinetics for hESC microcarrier culture in mTeSR1 andStemPRO.

FIG. 67. HES-3 cell growth. Comparison of static microcarrier culture,50 ml spinner flask at 20 rpm agitation, monolayer culture and 50 mlspinner flask at 25 rpm agitation.

FIG. 68. Metabolite analysis of conditioned media from microcarrierspinner flask culture.

FIG. 69. Specific metabolite production rates in conditioned mediamicrocarrier spinner flask culture.

FIG. 70. pH and osmolarity conditions from microcarrier spinner flaskculture.

FIG. 71. Expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 in microcarrier spinnerflask culture. Pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 remain highon days 3 and 4.

FIG. 72. Morphology of the hESC in microcarrier spinner flask cultureremain as tight aggregates on the microcarriers on days 4 and 5.

FIG. 73. HES-2 Growth in microcarrier spinner flask culture.

FIG. 74. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 inmicrocarrier spinner flask culture were equivalent to the 2D colonycontrol at the start of the spinner culture.

FIG. 75. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 inmicrocarrier spinner flask culture continue to be high and equivalent tothe control static cultures on days 5 and 7 when peak cell densitieswere achieved.

FIG. 76. hESC in microcarrier spinner flask culture form largeaggregates of cells around the microcarriers on days 5 and 7.

FIG. 77. Density of 3.5 million cells/mil in a 100 ml spinner flask isequivalent to producing hESC in 175 organ culture dishes (OCD) each with2 million cells/ml.

FIG. 78. hESC grown on cellulose microcarriers together with mousefeeders on Cytodex, and polylysine coated Tosoh beads coated withfeeders and co cultured with hESC on cellulose DE53 microcarriers.

FIG. 79. Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 at passage 1 for the 3 co-cultures onhESC with feeder cells on Cytodex 3, Tosoh and DE53 microcarriersrespectively.

FIG. 80. Robust expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 at passage 2 inthe 3 different co-cultures with Cytodex 3, Tosoh and DE53 microcarrierswhich are equivalent or better than the control with matrigel coatedmicrocarriers (see FIG. 79).

FIG. 81. Oct4, and TRA-1-60 expression from hESC on Matrigel coated DE53microcarriers.

FIG. 82. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 atpassage P1 on Tosoh microcarriers (10 μm and 65 μm) with 4 mg protamine(10 μm), 0.2 mg protamine+Matrigel (10 μm), 4 mg protamine+Matrigel (10μm), 4 mg protamine+Matrigel (65 μm).

FIG. 83. Polylysine Tosoh beads without and with matrigel coatings atstock and 30× diluted concentrations. (FIG. 83A) Poly-L-Lysine only,(FIG. 83B) Matrigel coated Poly-L-Lysine (using concentrated matrigelstock), (FIG. 83C) Matrigel coated Poly-L-Lysine (using routinemicrocarrier coating method, 30× dilution matrigel solution).

FIG. 84. Protamine Tosoh beads without and with matrigel coatings atstock and 30× diluted concentrations. (FIG. 84A) Protamine only, (FIG.84B) Matrigel coated Protamine beads (using concentrated matrigelstock), (FIG. 84C) Matrigel coated Protamine beads (using routinemicrocarrier coating method, 30× dilution matrigel solution).

FIG. 85. Cell numbers of both polylysine and protamine coated Tosohbeads (65 micron) with and without matrigel for 4 passages.

FIG. 86. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 for hESC onpolylysine Tosoh microcarriers without and with matrigel at passage 1.

FIG. 87. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 for hESC onprotamine Tosoh microcarriers without and with matrigel at passage 1.

FIG. 88. Expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 for hESC on matrigelcoated polylysine Tosoh microcarriers at passage 2.

FIG. 89. Expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC on matrigelcoated protamine Tosoh microcarriers at passage 2.

FIG. 90. Expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC on matrigelcoated polylysine Tosoh microcarriers at passage 3.

FIG. 91. Expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC on matrigelcoated protamine Tosoh microcarriers at passage 3.

FIG. 92. At passage 4 hESC continue to form undifferentiated aggregateson large polylysine and protamine Tosoh beads coated with matrigel.

FIG. 93. Continued expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60of hESC on matrigel coated polylysine and protamine microcarriers atpassage 4.

FIG. 94. Stable cell counts of hESC grown for 5 passages on polylysineand protamine Tosoh beads with matrigel coating.

FIG. 95. Continued expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60of hESC on polylysine and protamine Tosoh beads with matrigel coating atpassage 5.

FIG. 96. hESC aggregates on polylysine and protamine Tosoh microcarriersat passage 5.

FIG. 97. With optimization of microcarrier concentrations to 48,000beads per million cells, expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 andTRA-1-60 recovered to higher levels between passages 6 and 7 forMatrigel coated polylysine Tosoh microcarriers. Note: main focus ofexperiment at this stage was to optimise the number of beads to cells.Optimised at 48,000 beads to around seeding of 10⁶ cells per well.

FIG. 98. With optimization of microcarrier concentrations to 48,000beads per million cells, expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 andTRA-1-60 recovered to higher levels between passages 6 and 7 forMatrigel coated protamine Tosoh microcarriers. Note: main focus ofexperiment at this stage was to optimise number of beads to cells.Optimised at 48,000 beads to around seeding of 10⁶ cells per well.

FIG. 99. By passage 5 Cytodex 3 microcarriers coated with matrigelenabled hESC growth in both agitated (both 100 and 120 rpm) andnon-agitated conditions.

FIG. 100. By passage 7 hESC on the non-agitated matrigel coated Cytodex3 microcarriers continued to survive and grow to passage 9.

FIG. 101. hESC is sparsely coated on Cytodex 3 microcarriers withoutmatrigel.

FIG. 102. Large clusters of hESC on Cytodex 3 microcarriers withoutmatrigel agitated at 100 rpm.

FIG. 103. Confluent growth of hESC on matrigel coated Cytodex 3microcarriers in non-agitated conditions.

FIG. 104. Confluent growth of hESC on matrigel coated Cytodex 3microcarriers in agitated conditions (100 rpm).

FIG. 105. Expression of the pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 isdown regulated by passage 3 on Cytodex 3 without matrigel.

FIG. 106. Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 are robustly expressed even atpassage 9 for matrigel coated Cytodex 3 microcarriers.

FIG. 107. hESC grown on Cytodex 3 without matrigel in agitatedconditions down regulates pluripotent markers by passage 3.

FIG. 108. hESC grown on Cytodex 3 with matrigel coating in agitatedconditions down regulates pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 bypassage P3.

FIG. 109. By passage 13, matrigel coated Cytodex 3 microcarriers instatic conditions still supports hESC strongly expressing Oct4, SSEA4and TRA-1-60, whereas the cells on fibronectin and laminin coatedCytodex 3 have shown decrease in the expression of pluripotent markersat passage 6.

FIG. 110. Karyotyping of the hESC showed a normal 46XX karyotype after11 passages on Cytodex 3 coated with matrigel.

FIG. 111. hESC growing on Cytodex 1 with and without matrigel coating.

FIG. 112. hESC growing on Hillex microcarriers with and without matrigelcoating.

FIG. 113. Cell counts of hESC on Hillex and Cytodex 1 microcarriers withand without matrigel, with and without agitation after 3 passages.

FIG. 114. Static (non-agitated) cultures of Hillex and Cytodex 1microcarriers with and without matrigel can be passaged up to passage 9.

FIG. 115. Mean cell concentration and mean fold expansion of hESC grownon Cytodex 1 and Hillex microcarriers with and without matrigel.

FIG. 116. Matrigel coated Cytodex 1 and Hillex microcarriers are moreconfluent than uncoated microcarriers. Hillex microcarriers continue tostain red with phenol red from the media.

FIG. 117. Representative plot of hESC pluripotent markers (Oct4,TRA-1-60 and mAb 84) for Cytodex 1 and Hillex with and without Matrigelat passage 6.

FIG. 118. FACS analysis of the 3 pluripotent markers Oct4, TRA-1-60 andmAb 84 at different passages (2 to 10 passages) for Cytodex 1 and Hillexwith and without Matrigel. Approximately after 6 passages the expressionof surface markers started to decrease gradually. The Matrigel coatingprovides more stability to the culture when Cytodex 1 is used, andHillex produces similar results with and without matrigel coating.Cytodex 1 with Matrigel is a more stable platform than Hillex; Cytodex 1with Matrigel coating is able to maintain the expression surfacemarkers.

FIG. 119. At passage 13 hESC cultured on Cytodex 1 with matrigel expressthe 3 pluripotent markers.

FIG. 120. Karyotypes of Cytodex 1 and Hillex microcarrier cultures atpassage 7. Normal hESC karyotypes for Cytodex 1 and Hillex with andwithout Matrigel at passage 7. (FIG. 120A) Cytodex 1 with matrigel,(FIG. 120B) Cytodex 1 without matrigel, (FIG. 120C) Hillex withMatrigel, (FIG. 120D) Hillex without Matrigel.

FIG. 121. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 atpassage P1 for hESC DE53 cellulose microcarrier cultures with coatingsof chondroitin sulphate, heparin and hyaluronic acid.

FIG. 122. Expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 atpassage P1 for hESC DE53 cellulose microcarrier cultures with coating ofKO media.

FIG. 123. DE-53 cellulose microcarriers coated with hyaluronic acid(HA)+heparin salt (HS), and with fibronectin+HS+HA.

FIG. 124. DE-53 cellulose microcarriers coated with hyaluronic acid(HA), and with fibronectin+HA.

FIG. 125. Down regulation of TRA-1-60 by passage 1 with DE53 coated withfibronectin (FN); fibronectin+HS+HA; and HA+HS.

FIG. 126. Down regulation of TRA-1-60 by passage 1 with DE53 coated withHA+FN; and with HA.

FIG. 127. Cell count at passages 1-3 with DE53 coated in combinations ofHS, FN, HS, Collagen I, Collagen IV and Laminin.

FIG. 128. Morphology of hESC on different combinations of ECMs with HAcoated on cellulose DE-53 microcarriers.

FIG. 129. Morphology of hESC on different combinations of ECMs with HScoated on cellulose DE-53 microcarriers.

FIG. 130. Morphology of hESC on HA coated DE-53 and HS coated DE-53.

FIG. 131. Morphology of hESC on microcarriers with HA in combinationwith collagen I, IV, laminin and fibronectin form dense cell aggregatescompared to other ECM combinations.

FIG. 132. Pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 after 3 passagescontinue to be expressed with HA+COL1+FN and HA+COL4+FN DE-53 matrixcoatings.

FIG. 133. Pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 after 3 passagescontinue to be expressed with HA+COL1+FN+LM and HA+COL4+FN+LM DE-53matrix coatings.

FIG. 134. Pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 after 3 passagescontinue to be expressed with HS+COL1+FN and HS+COL4+FN DE-53 matrixcoatings.

FIG. 135. Pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 after 3 passagescontinue to be expressed with HS+COL1+FN+LM and HS+COL4+FN+LM DE-53matrix coatings.

FIG. 136. Continued robust growth of hESC on HA coated DE53 cellulosemicrocarriers.

FIG. 137. Continued robust expression of the pluripotent markers Oct4,and TRA-1-60 on HA coated DE53 cellulose microcarriers.

FIG. 138. Continued high expression of TRA-1-60 at passages 8 and 9 onHA coated DE53 cellulose microcarriers.

FIG. 139. Morphology of dense hESC aggregates grown on HA coated DE-53cellulose microcarriers at passage 6 at 2 different magnifications.

FIG. 140. Schematic illustration of microcarriers suitable for hESCsuspension culture. (FIG. 140A) Extracellular matrices coatings e.g.matrigel, hyaluronic acid, heparin, fibronectin, etc. with or withoutadsorbed growth factors, microcarrier composition e.g. cellulose dextranhydroxylated methacrylate, polystyrene, glass, collagen, gelatin etc.(FIG. 140B) Positive change and/or gelatin/collagen microcarriers.Spherical or oval-like microcarriers (left), diameter 50 to 2000microns. Rod or cylindrical or spiral-like microcarriers (right), length20 to 2000 microns, diameter 5 to 50 microns.

FIG. 141. Table 1—amino acids consumed and produced by hESC in mTeSR1and StemPRO media.

FIG. 142. Table 2—Detailed information on the individual levels of aminoacids consumed and produced by hESC in mTeSR1 and StemPRO serum freemedia.

FIG. 143. Table 3—Cell densities of hESC in co-cultures with feedercells on Cytodex 3 and Tosoh spherical microcarriers as well asco-culture on rod-shaped cellulose DE53 microcarriers at passage 0 andpassage 1.

FIG. 144. Table 4—Cell numbers of hESC in 3 co-cultures were about 2times higher compared to the control on matrigel coated microcarriers.

FIG. 145. Table 5—Both small (10 micron) and large (65 micron) Tosohmicrocarriers with and without matrigel coatings supported hESC growthat passage 0 and passage 1.

FIG. 146. Table 6—Cell numbers of both polylysine and protamine coatedTosoh beads (65 micron) with and without matrigel for 4 passages.

FIG. 147. Table 7—Cell numbers of hESC grown are relatively stable onCytodex 3 microcarriers coated with matrigel and without matrigelcultured in non-agitated and agitated conditions for 3 passages.

FIG. 148. Table 8—Cell numbers of hESC grown on cellulose microcarriersafter 7 days with different coatings of chondroitin sulphate (CS),heparin (HS) and hyaluronic acid (HA) diluted from 1:10 to 1:80 fromtheir initial stock concentrations, compared to controls grown withcoatings of KO media and conditioned media (CM) at passage P0.

FIG. 149. Table 9—At passage P1, cell numbers of hESC are greater than 1million/well for CS, HS and HA coated cellulose microcarriers and aresimilar to the control with coating of KO media.

FIG. 150. Table 10—Cell numbers at passage 0 and passage 1 for DE-53cellulose microcarriers coated in Fibronectin (FN); Hyaluronic acid(HA)+Heparin Sodium Salt (HS)+FN; HA+HS; HS+FN; and HA.

FIG. 151. Table 11—Cell numbers at passages 1, 2 and 3 for DE-53cellulose microcarriers coated in HA+ColI+FN; HA+ColIV+FN;HA+ColI+FN+LM; HA+ColIV+FN+LM; HS+ColI+FN; HS-FColIV+FN; HS+ColI+FN+LM;HS+ColIV+FN+LM.

FIG. 152. Chart showing expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 followingpassaging using (left to right) a 100 micron filter, mechanicalpipetting, TrypLE enzymic digestion and 2D colony control.

FIG. 153. Continuous passaging of hESC on microcarriers. Graph showingcell density of hESC in static microcarrier cultures over 9 weeks andcharts showing expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 at passage 9.

FIG. 154. Graph showing cell concentration of hESC in Microcarrier and2D colony culture.

FIG. 155. Charts showing specific glutamine and glucose consumptionrates and lactate and ammonia production rates for microcarrier and 2Dcolony culture. FIG. 155A shows glutamine consumption over time FIG.155B shows glucose consumption over time; FIG. 155C shows lactateproduction over time; and FIG. 155D shows ammonium production over time.

FIG. 156. Chart showing total number of hESC during microcarrier culturein two defined media (mTeSR1 and StemPRO).

FIG. 157. Charts showing Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 expression from hESCcultured on microcarriers in defined media (mTeSR1 and StemPRO).

FIG. 158. Micrograph (FIG. 158A) and charts (FIG. 158B) showing growthand passaging of hESC, and expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 fromhESC, when cultured on Tosoh microcarriers, are shown as FACS results inFIG. 158C and in bar graph form in FIG. 158D.

FIG. 159. Chart showing cell concentration of hESC in 2D colony culture,static microcarrier culture and agitated microcarrier culture.

FIG. 160. Chart showing percentage expression of Oct4, SSEA4 andTRA-1-60 in (left to right) 2D colony culture, static microcarrierculture and agitated microcarrier culture.

FIG. 161. Chart showing total number of cells for hESC cultured inagitated microcarrier culture (spinner flasks), static microcarrierculture and 2D monolayer culture.

FIG. 162. Micrographs showing culture of human iPS cells on cellulosemicrocarriers.

FIG. 163. Charts showing expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 fromhuman iPS cells in microcarrier culture and growth of human iPS cells inmicrocarrier culture over 3 passages.

FIG. 164. Chart showing successful growth of human iPS cells on Matrigelcoated DE53 microcarriers over 10 passages, expression of Oct4, SSEA4and TRA-1-60 from microcarrier culture iPS cells at passage 10 andmicrographs of iPS cells after 10 passages on Matrigel coated DE53microcarriers. Matrigel coated DE53 microcarrier were used at 20 mg/well(4 mg/ml) in MEF conditioned KO-medium with 100 ng/ml bFGF (5 ml/well).Microcarriers were seeded from iPS IMR90P8MGP5 (8 passages ofcultivation on feeders followed by adaptation on matrigel for 5passages).

FIG. 165. Table showing microcarriers and different coatings used fordifferentiation experiments.

FIG. 166. Micrographs showing cell attachment on Laminin, Fibronectinand Vitronectin coated DE53 microcarriers compared with matrigel anduncoated DE53 microcarriers and conventional EB cultures.

FIG. 167. Charts showing percentage of and total beating areas incardiomyocyte differentiation experiments using DE53 microcarrierscoated in Laminin, Fibronectin and Vitronectin and Tosoh 65microcarriers coated with protamine and protamine+Laminin.

FIG. 168. Micrographs showing formation of beating aggregates incardiomyocyte differentiation experiments on laminin, matrigel anduncoated microcarriers.

FIG. 169. Chart showing expansion of cells during cardiomyocytedifferentiation experiments on laminin, matrigel and uncoatedmicrocarriers.

FIG. 170. Table showing additives added to serum free media bSFS fordifferentiation on microcarriers.

FIG. 171. Charts showing enhancement of cardiomyocyte formation by useof additives in bSFS media on uncoated microcarriers.

FIG. 172. Table showing additives added to serum free media bSFS orDMEM/F12+SB203580 for differentiation on microcarriers using hESC seededfrom microcarriers to microcarriers.

FIG. 173. Chart showing enhancement of cardiomyocyte formation from hESCseeded from microcarriers to microcarriers in the presence of additivesas described in FIG. 172.

FIG. 174. Chart showing growth of hESC derived MSCs on Cytodex 3microcarriers at microcarrier concentrations described in FIG. 175.

FIG. 175. Table showing concentration of microcarriers and cells used inExample 42.1 as well as doubling times achieved.

FIG. 176. Chart showing growth of hESC derived MSCs on Cytodex 3microcarriers at cell seeding concentrations described in FIG. 177.

FIG. 177. Table showing concentration of microcarriers and cells used inExample 42.2 as well as doubling times achieved.

FIG. 178. Chart showing comparison of growth of hESC derived MSCs onCytodex 3 microcarriers and in monolayer control culture.

FIG. 179. Table showing concentration of microcarriers and cells used inExample 42.3 as well as cell density and doubling times achieved.

FIG. 180. Chart showing growth of hESC derived MSCs on Cytodex 3microcarriers over 3 passages and for two methods of passage (seeExample 42.4).

FIG. 181. Table showing doubling times achieved for hESC derived MSCsgrown on Cytodex 3 microcarriers over 3 passages and for two methods ofpassage (see Example 42.4).

FIG. 182. FACS analysis at day 10 for MSC markers CD34, CD29, CD73,CD45, CD44, CD90 and CD105 for hESC derived MSCs grown on Cytodex 3microcarriers over 3 passages when passaged by addition ofmicrocarriers.

FIG. 183. FACS analysis at day 10 for MSC markers CD34, CD29, CD73,CD45, CD44, CD90 and CD105 for hESC derived MSCs grown on Cytodex 3microcarriers over 3 passages when passaged by detachment with tryplEenzyme followed by addition of microcarriers.

FIG. 184. Laminin coating (1 or 3 micrograms/gram of cellulosemicrocarriers) provides better cell attachment and hence improvednumbers of beating aggregates compared to fibronectin or uncoatedmicrocarriers.

FIG. 185. Evaluation of different media supplements in laminin coatedDE53 microcarrier cultures shows that chemically defined lipid mixture,Vitamin solution, and Hy-Soy (Soy hydrolysate) leads to significantlyimproved number of beating embryoid bodies or cardiomyocytes.

FIG. 186. Continuous passaging of 2 human iPS cell lines over 2 or 3weeks on cellulose microcarriers in serum free media, mTeSR1, showsincreasing cell numbers and stable expression of pluripotent markers,Oct-4 and mAb 84 (FIG. 186A) Density of iPS foreskin cells from seedingthrough passage 3; (FIG. 186B) Density of iPS IMR cells from seedingthrough passage 3; (FIG. 186C) FACS analysis and micrograph of IPSforeskin cells; (FIG. 186D) FACS analysis and micrograph of iPS IMRcells.

FIG. 187. Graph showing cell density of hESC obtained in controlled lowglucose feeding experiments.

FIG. 188. Charts showing FACS characterisation of cardiomyocytesproduced from H3 cell line grown on DE53 microcarriers stained withanti-myosin heavy chain (17.5%) vs. control hESC.

FIG. 189. Charts showing FACS characterisation of cardiomyocytesproduced from H3 cell line grown on DE53 microcarriers stained withsarcomeric alpha actinin (12.9%) vs. control hESC.

FIG. 190. Micrographs showing cardiomyocytes grown on laminin coatedDE53 microcarriers stained with cardiomyocyte markers: sarcomeric alphaactinin, desmin, troponin 1, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP), myosinlight chain, and nuclear stain DAPI.

FIG. 191. Direct seeding to differentiation media vs. 2 days inconditioned media prior to differentiation. Chart showing percentage ofbeating aggregates formed on laminin coated and uncoated microcarriersvs. embryoid bodies (Eb's) when H3 cell line grown on human feeders isdirectly seeded to bSFS differentiation media or after incubation withconditioned media for 2 days.

FIG. 192. Direct seeding to differentiation media vs. 2 days inconditioned media prior to differentiation. Chart showing percentage ofbeating aggregates formed on laminin coated and uncoated microcarriersvs. embryoid bodies (Eb's) when H3 cell line grown on Matrigel isdirectly seeded to bSFS differentiation media or after incubation withconditioned media for 2 days.

FIG. 193. Differentiation to cardiomyocytes on different microcarriers.Charts showing percentage of beating aggregates formed on differentmicrocarriers and percentage of sarcomeric alpha actinin staining ondifferent aggregates. Tosoh 10 appears to give the highest yield of allthe microcarriers and compared to embryoid bodies.

FIG. 194. Chart showing expansion fold of cardiomyocytes on differentmicrocarriers compared to embryoid bodies. Microcarriers enablesapproximately 4-fold expansion compared to 2-fold in embryoid bodies.

FIG. 195. Aggregates of cardiomyocytes. Charts showing sizedistributions of aggregates on different microcarriers. Tosoh 10 appearto have a more uniform size distribution. Embyroid bodies' sizes arevery widely distributed.

FIG. 196. Effect of microcarrier concentration on percentage of beatingaggregates. Chart showing percentage of beating aggregates formed onDE53 and Cytodex 3 at different microcarrier concentrations.

FIG. 197. Human iPS cell differentiation to cardiomyocytes. Chartshowing foreskin human iPS cells from beating aggregates on laminin anduncoated DE53 microcarriers.

FIG. 198. Human iPS cells differentiation to cardiomyocytes. Chartsshowing percentage of anti-myosin chain staining by FACS ofcardiomyocytes formed from human iPS cells on laminin coated anduncoated DE53 microcarriers.

FIG. 199. Human iPS cell differentiation to cardiomyocytes. Chartshowing percentage of beating aggregates formed by human iPS cells JQN5on DE53 laminin coated microcarriers. PG3 cells didn't attach to thecarriers. Human iPS cells were grown on feeders.

FIG. 200. Evaluation of different laminin and cell seedingconcentrations on percentage of beating aggregates. Chart showing thatincreasing the cell seeding concentration to the microcarriers improvesthe number of beating aggregates. The ideal laminin concentrationappears to be 1 microgram of laminin/mg of microcarriers.

FIG. 201. Micrographs showing morphology of aggregates in laminin coatedvs. uncoated microcarriers at 7×10⁵ seeded cells.

FIG. 202. FACS of cardiomyocyte markers. Charts showing staining by FACSof myosin heavy chain and sarcomeric alpha actinin in laminin coated vs.uncoated microcarriers at 7×10⁵ seeded cells.

FIG. 203. Quantitative RT PCR of cardiomyocytes vs. hESC. Charts showingquantitative RT-PCR markers of pluripotency genes (decrease) andcardiomyocyte related genes (increase) in cardiomyocyte aggregates vs.hESC. FIG. 203B shows the results in a table and FIG. 203B shows theresults in bar graph form for the same set of primers.

FIG. 204. (FIG. 204A) Image of beating aggregate as monitored by videoimaging. Red line shows beating aggregate and blue line shows backgroundnon-beating aggregate. (FIG. 204B) Chart showing time interval betweeneach beat of the aggregate.

FIG. 205. (FIG. 205A) Maximum % of beating aggregates scored under themicroscope between day 10 and 16 of differentiation for differentseeding conditions. (FIG. 205B) Percentage of positive cells stained forMF20 (Myosin Heavy Chain) analyzed by flow cytometric analysis ofcultures harvested on day 16 after differentiation.

FIG. 206. Chart showing ratio of cardiomyocytes produced at the end ofthe culture over hESC seeded.

FIG. 207. (FIG. 207A) Gene expression fold change of beating aggregatesin comparison with undifferentiated hESC. (FIG. 207B) Immunohistologicalanalysis of beating aggregates with cardio specific markers: TroponinI,α-Actinin, Myosin Light Chain—MLC, Desmin (all in red) AtrialNatriuretic Peptide (ANP) in green, and DAPI nucleus staining in blue.

FIG. 208. (FIG. 208A) Micrographs showing hESC morphology on seven typesof microcarriers (Cytodex 1, Tosoh 65, Tosoh 10, Cultispher G, Cytodex3, DE53, CM52). Cells on smaller microcarriers (Tosoh 65, Tosoh 10)formed cell-microcarrier aggregates with the microcarriers embeddedinside. Similar cell growth on both microporous and smooth microcarrierswas observed. Poor cell growth on negative charged microcarriers wasobserved. (FIG. 208B). Charts showing effects of positive chargestrength on hESC growth and pluripotency using DE52 (lower positivecharge—DEAE tertiary amine), DE53 (partially quarternized DEAE) and QA52(higher positive charge—quaternary ammonium). No significant differencesin cell growth and pluripotency were observed for hESC grown onrodshaped microcarriers of different charge strength. The lower chartshowing hESC growth and pluripotency on microporous microcarriers. hESCon microporous microcarrier showed differentiation after two passageswhile maintaining similar cell growth and without Matrigel coating.(FIG. 208C) Charts showing long term cultivation of hESC on differentmicrocarriers. Microcarriers were able to support long term cultivationof hESC in an undifferentiated state but only when coated with Matrigel.(FIG. 208D) Normal karyotype has been observed in hESC cultured on DE53Matrigel-coated microcarriers for 25 passages.

FIG. 209. FIG. 209A shows bar graphs depicting results of screening ofproteoglycan and non-proteoglycan matrix components as cell attachmentsubstrate on microcarriers. Hyaluronic Acid (HA) is a potentialattachment substrate for culturing undifferentiated hESC onmicrocarrier. FIG. 209B shows micrograph showing that after 2 passages,only cells on DE53 coated with HA were able to maintain cell growth.FACS analysis showing expression of OCT-4 and Tra-1-60 of hESC atpassage 17 on DE53 coated with hyaluronic acid.

FIG. 210. Laminin as defined coating for culturing hESC on differentmicrocarriers. Charts and gel showing that laminin-coated microcarrierswere able to sustain long term cultivation of hESC and differentiationshowing expression of genes from three lineages. FIG. 210A shows theresults in bar graph form; FIG. 210B shows a gel blot showing theexpression results.

FIG. 211. Diagrammatic illustration of results for long term culture ofhESC on rod and spherical microcarriers. FIG. 211A is a graph showingcell expansion; FIG. 211B shows FACS results for Oct-4, SSEA-4, andTra-1-60 expression. FIG. 211C shows various micrographs as labeled; andFIG. 211D shows expression in bar graph form for microcarriers.

FIG. 212. FIG. 212A is a picture showing spinner cultures of hESC onmicrocarriers. FIG. 212B is a graph depicting cell expansion over time.FIG. 212C is a graph depicting cell expansion over time. FIG. 212D showsmicrographs (above) and FACS results (below) for marker expression. FIG.212E shows the FACS results for mAb 84 and Tra-1-60 expression.

FIG. 213. FIG. 213A shows micrographs depicting cells on coated vs.uncoated microcarriers. FIG. 213B shows a bar graph depicting thepercentage of beating cardiomyocytes for laminin-coated vs. uncoatedmicrocarriers FIG. 213C shows a bar graph depicting the percentage ofbeating cardiomyocytes with various supplements.

FIG. 214. FIG. 214A shows a bar graph and micrograph depictingcontinuous microcarriers cultures of human iPS cells (over a number ofpassages). FIG. 214B shows FACS results for Oct-4 and mAb 84 expression.

FIG. 215. Diagrammatic illustration of conclusions in respect of use ofmicrocarrier culture for expansion and combinatorial differentiation ofhuman ESC and iPS cells, including culture in conditioned media andserum free media, with and without Matrigel and in static and agitatedconditions. In conclusion, we have developed a versatile microcarrierplatform for expansion and combinatorial differentiation of human ESCand iPS cells, in conditioned media and commercial serum free media,with and without Matrigel and in static and agitated conditions.

FIG. 216. Graph showing that high cell density and expression ofpluripotency markers is retained in human iPS cells cultured on DE53microcarriers over 22 passages (Example 46).

FIG. 217. Normal karyotype at passage 14 (Example 46).

FIG. 218. Human iPS cells spontaneously differentiated into the threegerm layers after 21 days in-vitro differentiation protocol (Example46).

FIG. 219. Expansion of human iPS cells on microcarriers in spinnerculture. Graph shows higher cell density achieved in spinnermicrocarrier culture (Example 46).

FIG. 220. Graph showing higher expansion fold and lower doubling time ofhuman iPS cells in spinner microcarrier culture (Example 46).

FIG. 221. Flow cytometry analysis. High pluripotency marker expressionis maintained during culture of human iPS cells in spinner microcarrierculture (Example 46).

FIG. 222. Schematic showing process of direct differentiation of humaniPS cells on microcarriers to neural lineages (Example 46).

FIG. 223. Graph showing high expression of ectoderm transcripts inneurospheres (Example 46).

FIG. 224. Graph showing growth kinetics of hfMSC on variousmicrocarriers (Example 47).

FIG. 225. Graph showing percentage of empty microcarriers against time(Example 47).

FIG. 226. Graph showing percentage of aggregated microcarriers againsttime (Example 47).

FIG. 227. Flow cytometry analysis. Expression of CD105 before osteogenicdifferentiation (Example 47). FACS results are depicted in FIG. 227A andFIG. 227B, with expansion and harvest of cells seeing a drop inexpression (95% in FIG. 227A and 78% in FIG. 227B).

FIGS. 228A and 228B. Graphs showing (A) alkaline phosphatase activityagainst time for hfMSC cultured in monolayer or on microcarriers and (B)calcium deposition against time for hfMSC cultured in monolayer or onmicrocarriers (Example 47).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The details of one or more embodiments of the invention are set forth inthe accompanying description below including specific details of thebest mode contemplated by the inventors for carrying out the invention,by way of example. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art thatthe present invention may be practiced without limitation to thesespecific details.

Long Term Stable Propagation of hESC in Suspension Culture

We have now demonstrated the long term stable propagation of humanembryonic stem cells (hESCs) in suspension culture. In particular, wedemonstrate that Matrigel, hyaluronic acid and laminin coating ofmicrocarriers enables hESCs to be propagated beyond at least passage 5,and commonly beyond passages 8, 9 or 10, whilst retaining pluripotency.In this way, we have now successfully demonstrated microcarriersuspension culture in excess of 25 successive passages and havecharacterised the cultured cells by analysis of cell density, viability,FACS analysis of markers of pluripotency, histological analysis, andkaryotype.

We have demonstrated the stability of the microcarrier culture for thelong term propagation of human embryonic stem cells as measured bymaintenance of growth rates, expression of the pluripotent markers Oct4,SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84, normal karyotypes after up to 23 passages,and the ability to differentiate to the 3 germ layers.

hESC on microcarriers have also been adapted to grow in serum free mediaand their amino acid metabolic rates have been measured. Furthermore,microcarrier cultures have been scaled up to spinner flasks with an hESCline. Co-cultures of hESC on cellulose microcarriers with feeder cellsgrown on spherical Cytodex 3, Tosoh and cellulose microcarriers havealso been demonstrated.

We have demonstrated that 5 types of microcarriers: DE53 cellulose,Tosoh (10 and 65 micron), Cytodex 3, Cytodex 1 and Hillex, all coatedwith matrigel are able to support hESC in long term culture. Thesemicrocarriers without matrix coating however, are not able to supporthESC beyond 5 or at best 10 passages without down regulation ofpluripotent markers and a drop in cell densities.

A schematic summarising the properties of microcarriers required forculture of embryonic stem cells is shown in FIG. 140. Microcarriers canbe rod or cylindrical or spiral-like with length 20 to 2000 microns,diameter 5 to 50 microns. They may also be spherical or oval-like withdiameter ranging from 50 to 2000 microns. The composition of themicrocarrier may be cellulose, dextran, hydroxylated methacrylate,polystyrene, glass, collagen, gelatin, macroporous or microporouscarboseed or other materials. The microcarrier is preferably positivelycharged or of collagen/gelatin material. The microcarrier may be coatedwith extracellular matrices (ECMs) such as matrigel, hyaluronic acid,heparin, fibronectin, laminin, vitronectin or other ECMs. These ECMs mayor may not have growth factors adsorbed to it.

In particular, we have now successfully demonstrated the following:

-   -   1. Continuous passaging of hESC on DE53 cellulose microcarriers        to passage 23.    -   2. Characterisation of hESC cultured on cellulose microcarriers        (Karyotyping, RT-PCR of embryoid bodies and teratoma formation).    -   3. Serum free media culture of hESC-cellulose microcarriers with        amino acid metabolism data analysis.    -   4. Cellulose microcarrier culture of 2 hESC cell lines in        spinner flasks.    -   5. Co-cultures of feeder cells on spherical or rod shaped        microcarriers with hESC grown on rod shaped cellulose        microcarriers.    -   6. hESC culture on small and large spherical microcarriers with        Matrigel.    -   7. hESC culture on large microcarriers with Matrigel.    -   8. Hyaluronic acid coating on cellulose microcarriers for hESC        culture.        Suspension Culture and Passage of Stem Cells

We have now demonstrated that it is possible to culture, propagate andpassage primate and human stem cells and iPS cells on particles. Inparticular, we show that stem cells may be grown continuously insuspension culture and passaged. We demonstrate continuous, passageableand 3 dimensional culture of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) onmicrocarriers.

We describe a method of propagating stem cells in suspension. The methodof propagating may comprise growing, propagating, proliferating,culturing, expanding or increasing stem cells. The propagating stemcells are able to be passaged for one or more passages, as describedbelow. Such propagation may be achieved through the use of microcarriersor particles with certain properties. The microcarriers or particles maycomprise a charge. The microcarriers or particles may comprise acoating. A further property may comprise size.

The method of propagating stem cells may comprise the steps of providingparticles. The particles may comprise a matrix coated thereon and have apositive charge. The particles may have a size to allow aggregation ofprimate or human stem cells attached thereto. Stem cells are allowed toattach to the particle. The cells growing on different particles areallowed to contact each other and to form aggregates. The culture ispassaged for at least one passage. The stem cells may be used attachedto the carriers or detached or separated from them. They may be used inan undifferentiated or pluripotent state or both, or may bedifferentiated into a desired cell type. They may be used to formembryoid bodies.

In order for the particles to support continuous growth, they shouldhave a size which is compatible with the dimensions of a primate orhuman stem cell, such as 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 110 μm, 120 μm, 130 μm, 140 μm, 150 μm, 160μm, 170 μm, 180 μm, 190 μm, 200 μm, 210 μm, 220 μm, 230 μm, 240 μm, 250μm or so. Culture of primate or human stem cells on such a particle withthis order of size will enable cells growing thereon to aggregate witheach other and support continuous growth. Suitable compositions, shapesand sizes of particles are described in further detail below.

The Examples show that stem cell cultures such as human embryonic stemcell 2D colony cultures may be inoculated onto microcarrier particlesand grown continuously for several generations with one or morepassages. The stem cells may be passaged by dislodging from the surfaceby any means such as mechanical or enzymatic dissociation, orcombination of both methods.

The microcarrier particle cultures may be grown from generation togeneration on particles. Alternatively, or in addition, the cultures maybe grown on conventional 2D cultures for one or more generations inbetween. Human stem cells growing on microcarriers may be transferredback to 2D colony cultures and vice versa.

The methods described here make available methods for efficientpropagation of stem cells in undifferentiated form for the first time.They enable microcarrier cultures to be passaged onto microcarriers bymechanical or enzymatic dissociation with a splitting ratio of between 1to 2 and 1 to 10, which is higher than possible for conventional 2Dcultures. This enables more efficient utilisation of biomaterial withmore rapid scale up of culture.

Volumetric yields of cells in microcarrier cultures are routinely 2 to 4times more than 2D colony controls. The volumetric yield of human stemcells propagated by the methods described here may be up to 2 millioncells/ml or more.

The methods described here enable the passaging of human stem cells fromparticles to particles for 10 passages or more, as described in furtherdetail below.

The methods described here enable the propagation of stem cells thatretain their pluripotent character. The Examples show that humanembryonic stem cells propagated according to the methods andcompositions described here are able to maintain one or more biologicalcharacteristics of stem cells. Thus, the propagated stem cells showexpression of pluripotent markers, Oct-4, Tra-1-60 and SSEA-4 for 5passages equivalent to stem cells grown as 2D colony cultures, retain anormal karyotype, and are able to differentiate into the 3 germ layersin vitro (embryoid bodies) and in vivo (teratomas).

Significantly, when anchored on the cellulose microcarriers, stem cellscan be serially passaged in larger scale spinner flasks.

Any stem cells may be propagated using the methods described here. Thesemay comprise primate stem cells, such as monkey, ape or human stemcells. The stem cells may comprise embryonic stem cells or adult stemcells. The stem cells may comprise induced pluripotent stem cells. Forexample, the stem cells may comprise human embryonic stem cells (hESCs).These and other stem cells suitable for use in the methods andcompositions described here are described in further detail below.

The methods and compositions described here have various advantages overknown “2D” culture methods. The particles are more efficient inattaching stem cells than 2D colony culture substrates. For this andother reasons, the suspension cultured cells are able to be passagedmore effectively. The methods described here enable the stem cells to befrozen and thawed through several cycles. They may be frozen directly onthe microcarriers and thawed onto growing medium (whether traditionalplate culture, or on particulate microcarriers). The stem cellspropagated on microcarriers may be grown in serum free media, which isGMP compliant.

The methods described here essentially enable the culture andmaintenance of stem cells such as embryonic stem cells in anundifferentiated state. The propagated stem cells may be differentiatedpartially or totally, in culture (e.g., on microcarriers) or detachedtherefrom.

The propagated stem cells may be used to form embryoid bodies forfurther use. Stem cells growing on microcarriers may simply betransferred to differentiation medium to form embryoid bodies directly,in contrast with prior methods, which require an additional step ofremoving cells from a 2D growing surface prior to embryoid bodyformation. Accordingly, the methods and compositions described hereenable directed differentiation of stem cells on the growing surface orsubstrate without removal therefrom.

The methods and compositions described here enable expansion and scaleup of cultured stem cells to larger volumes. The scale up to bioreactoror industrial scale enables more productive culture of stem cells. Theability to grow stem cells on microcarriers in agitated culture meansthat the cultures can be scaled up into suspension conditions.Controlled bioreactors such as the Wave Bioreactor or stirred culturesmay be used. This enables cells to be expanded in larger volumescompared to the current limitations of anchorage dependent 2 dimensionalcolony cultures. Large scale suspension culture in bioreactors up to100's of liters is possible.

Positive Charge

The particle or microcarrier may comprise a positive charge at forexample neutral pH or physiologically relevant pH such as pH 7.4 or pH7.2. The particle may comprise a chromatography resin such as an anionexchange resin.

The quantity of positive charge is important but is not crucial and mayvary, so long as it is high enough to enable cells to attach to theparticle. For example, where the particles are charged by coupling withamines, such as quaternary or tertiary amines, the charge on theparticle may correspond to a small ion exchange capacity of about 0.5 to4 milli-equivalents per gram dry material (of the particle), for examplebetween about 1 to 3.5 milli-equivalents per gram dry material (of theparticle) or between about 1 to 2 milli-equivalents per gram drymaterial (of the particle).

The positive charge may be such that that the pKa of the particle isgreater than 7 (e.g., greater than 7.4, e.g., 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10,10.5, 11, 11.5 or more).

The particle may be derivatised by coupling for example to protaminesulphate or poly-L-lysine hydrobromide at a concentration of up to 20mg/ml particles.

Without wishing to be bound by theory, we believe that the presence of apositive charge on the particles enables cells to attach thereto.

The particle may carry a positive charge through any means known in theart. The particle may comprise positively charged groups, or it may bederivatised to carry these.

The particle may comprise diethylaminoethyl-cellulose (DEAE-cellulose)or a derivative thereof. DEAE-cellulose comprises a microgranularcellulose which has been chemically modified such that the —CH2OH groupsof the carbohydrate have been converted to an ionizable tertiary aminegroup. It is positively charged at neutral pH. The particle may comprisea Sephadex bead, such as DEAE-Sephadex. The particle may compriseagarose bead which may be covalently cross-linked, such as Sepharose(i.e., DEAE-Sepharose). The particle may comprise DEAE-Sephacel.DEAE-Sepharose, DEAE-Sephacel and DEAE-Sephadex are available fromSigma-Aldrich. The particle may comprise Q-Sepharose Fast Flow orS-Sepharose Fast Flow. The charged group of Q-Sepharose is a quarternaryamine which carries a non-titratable positive charge.

The particle may be derivatised to carry positive charges. For example,the particle may comprise amine groups attached thereto. The aminegroups may be primary amine groups, secondary amine groups, tertiaryamine groups or quaternary amine groups. The amine groups may beattached to the particle by coupling the particle with amine containingcompounds. Methods of coupling are well known in the art. For example,the amine may be coupled to the particle by the use of cyanogen bromide.

Crosslinkers may also be used. These are divided into homobifunctionalcrosslinkers, containing two identical reactive groups, orheterobifunctional crosslinkers, with two different reactive groups.Heterobifunctional crosslinkers allow sequential conjugations,minimizing polymerization. Coupling and crosslinking reagents may beobtained from a number of manufacturers, for example, from Calbiochem orPierce Chemical Company.

The particle may be activated prior to coupling, to increase itsreactivity. The compact particle may be activated using chloroaceticacid followed by coupling using EDAC/NHS—OH. Particles may also beactivated using hexane di isocyanate to give primary amino group. Suchactivated particles may be used in combination with anyheterobifunctional cross linker. The compact particle in certainembodiments is activated using divinyl sulfon. Such activated compactparticles comprise moieties which can react with amino or thiol groups,on a peptide, for example.

The particle may also be activated using tresyl chloride, givingmoieties which are capable of reacting with amino or thiol groups. Theparticle may also be activated using cyanogen chloride, giving moietieswhich can react with amino or thiol groups.

Cytodex 1 is based on a cross-linked dextran matrix which is substitutedwith positively charged N,N-diethylaminoethyl groups. The charged groupsare distributed throughout the microcarrier matrix.

Uncharged Particles

The particle or microcarrier may be uncharged, or charge neutral at forexample neutral pH or physiologically relevant pH such as pH 7.4 or pH7.2.

Examples of uncharged particles include gelatine or collagen particles.For example, Cytodex 3 consists of a thin layer of denatured collagenchemically coupled to a matrix of cross-linked dextran.

Matrix Coating

The particle may be coated with a matrix, which in the context of thisdocument refers to a layer (e.g. a thin layer or film) of substanceattached to the particle such as on its surface. The matrix may comprisea biologically or compatible or physiologically relevant matrix capableof supporting growth of cells. It may comprise a substrate for cellgrowth.

The matrix may comprise a component of the extracellular matrix (ECM).Any of the known components of the ECM such as those capable ofsupporting growth of stem cells may be used. Components of theextracellular matrix are known in the art and are described in forexample Alberts et al (2002), Molecular Biology of the Cell, Chapter IVand references cited therein.

The ECM component may be attached or coupled to or coated on theparticle through conventional means. For example, any of the couplingreagents and crosslinkers described above may be used to couple the ECMcomponent to the particle.

The ECM component may comprise a macromolecule such as a polysaccharide,protein, proteoglycan, glycoprotein, glycosaminoglycan (GAG), usuallyfound covalently linked to protein in the form of proteoglycans, afibrous protein, including elastin, fibronectin, and laminin, collagen(e.g. collagen I, collagen III, collagen IV, collagen VI) etc.

The matrix coating may comprise a glycosaminoglycan (GAG).Glycosaminoglycans comprise unbranched polysaccharide chains composed ofrepeating disaccharide units. One of the two sugars in the repeatingdisaccharide is always an amino sugar (N-acetylglucosamine orN-acetylgalactosamine), which in most cases is sulfated. The secondsugar is usually a uronic acid (glucuronic or iduronic).

The matrix coating may comprise hyaluronan (also called hyaluronic acidor hyaluronate) or a derivative thereof. The hyaluronic acid may bederived from any number of sources, such as from bovine vitreous humor.A salt or base of hyaluronic acid may be employed, such as hyaluronicacid sodium. This may be from streptococcus.

The matrix coating may comprise laminin.

The matrix coating may comprise fibronectin.

The matrix coating may comprise vitronectin.

The matrix coating may comprise for example a GAG such as chondroitinsulfate, dermatan sulfate, heparan sulfate and keratan sulfate, forexample as linked to a protein as a proteoglycan. The ECM component maycomprise aggrecan, decorin, etc.

The matrix coating may comprise heparan or its derivatives such as basesor salts. The matrix coating may comprise heparan sulphate proteoglycan.The heparan sulphate proteoglycan may be derived from any number ofsources, such as from bovine kidney.

The matrix coating may comprise a dextran such as dextran sulphate ordextran sulphate sodium. The matrix coating may comprise fibronectin,laminin, nidogen or Type IV collagen. The matrix coating may comprisechondroitin sulphate.

The matrix may comprise gelatin, polyomithine, or binding motifs of theRGD binding domain of fibronectin.

The matrix coating may comprise a mixture of any two or more of thesecomponents in various proportions. The matrix coating may comprise apurified or substantially purified component of the ECM. The matrixcomponent may comprise a partially purified component of the ECM. It maycomprise an ECM extract such as Matrigel.

A cell culture may comprise particles having different matrix coatings.For example, a first particle population having a first matrix coatingselected from those described above and a second particle populationhaving a second coating selected from those described above.

Matrigel

The particle may be coated with a matrix coating comprising Matrigel

Matrigel is the trade name for a gelatinous protein mixture secreted bymouse tumor cells and marketed by BD Biosciences (Bedford, Mass., USA).This mixture resembles the complex extracellular environment found inmany tissues and is used by cell biologists as a substrate for cellculture.

BD Matrigel™ Matrix is a solubilised basement membrane preparationextracted from EHS mouse sarcoma, a tumor rich in ECM proteins. Itsmajor component is laminin (about 56%), followed by collagen IV (about31%), heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1 (about 8%). At roomtemperature, BD Matrigel™ Matrix polymerizes to produce biologicallyactive matrix material resembling the mammalian cellular basementmembrane.

A common laboratory procedure is to dispense small volumes of chilled(4° C.) Matrigel onto a surface such as plastic tissue culture labware.When incubated at 37° C. (body temperature) the Matrigel proteinsself-assemble producing a thin film that covers the surface.

Matrigel provides a physiologically relevant environment with respect tocell morphology, biochemical function, migration or invasion, and geneexpression.

The ability of Matrigel to stimulate complex cell behaviour is aconsequence of its heterogeneous composition. The chief components ofMatrigel are structural proteins such as laminin and collagen whichpresent cultured cells with the adhesive peptide sequences that theywould encounter in their natural environment. Also present are growthfactors that promote differentiation and proliferation of many celltypes. Matrigel comprises the following growth factors (range ofconcentrations, average concentration): EGF (0.5-1.3 ng/ml, 0.7 ng/ml),bFGF (<0.1-0.2 pg/ml, unknown), NGF (<0.2 ng/ml, unknown), PDGF (5-48pg/ml, 12 pg/ml), IGF-1 (11-24 ng/ml, 16 ng/ml), TGF-β (1.7-4.7 ng/ml,2.3 ng/ml). Matrigel contains numerous other proteins in small amounts.

Alternating Matrix Coatings

In some embodiments cells may be cultured on a particle having a firstmatrix coating for one or more passages (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,or 10 passages or more), before being transferred to particles having adifferent (second) matrix coating for one or more passages (e.g. 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 passages or more). Optionally the cells maythen be transferred to particles having a matrix coating different tothe second coating, e.g. back to the first matrix coating or to anothermatrix coating or to uncoated particles.

Particle Composition

In the methods and compositions described here, stem cells arepropagated on particles or microcarriers. As the term is used in thisdocument, a “particle” comprises any support on which a stem cell canattach or grow. The particle may be of any shape or configuration, asdescribed below.

The particle may comprise a microcarrier, as described in the IUPACCompendium of Chemical Terminology (2nd Edition, 1992, Vol. 64, p. 160).

The particle may comprise any material, so long as it has the physicalproperties which allow it to serve its purposes as described above, forexample as a point of attachment or support for the stem cells. Theparticle may therefore comprise material which is stiff, rigid,malleable, solid, porous or otherwise, for this purpose. It may comprisea solid material, or a semi-solid, gel, etc material.

The material is at least reactive to allow attachment of positivecharges and/or a matrix coating, or capable of being made reactive by anactivator, but may otherwise comprise a generally inert substance. Theparticle may comprise a composite, such that more than one material maymake up the particle. For example, the core of the particle may comprisea different material from surface portions. Thus, the core of theparticle may comprise a generally inert material, while the surfaceportions may comprise material reactive for attachment or chemicalcoupling of the matrix or positive charges.

The particle may be natural in origin, or synthetic. Natural andsynthetic materials and sources for obtaining them are well known in theart. The particle may have at least some mechanical resistance, at leastsome resistance to chemical attack, or to heat treatment, or anycombination of these.

In an alternative embodiment, the particle may comprise a“non-biological” object, by which term we mean a particle which is freeor substantially free of cellular material. Such a non-biological ornon-cellular particle may therefore comprise a synthetic material, or anon-naturally occurring material. Various particles of various shapesare known in the art, and include for example, beads of various kinds.Embodiments of particles include microbeads, such as agarose beads,polyacrylamide beads, silica gel beads, etc.

For example, the material from which the particle is made may compriseplastic, glass, ceramic, silicone, gelatin, dextran, cellulose,hydroxylated methacrylate, polystyrene, collagen or others. For example,the particle may be made of cellulose or a derivative, such asDEAE-cellulose (as described below). The particles may comprisecellulose, modified hydrophilic beads and carbon based microcarriers.

The particle may comprise a commercially available matrix or carrier,such as a bead or microbead. The particle may comprise a resin sold foruse as a chromatography matrix, such as an anion exchange resin.

The particle may comprise a cellulose microcarrier. The particle maycomprise DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman) or QA-52 (Whatman). Theparticle may comprise a hydrophilic microcarrier, a hydroxylatedmethacrylic matrix microcarrier or derivatised hydrophilic beadedmicrocarrier. The particle may comprise TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh) orToyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh). The particle may comprise a macroporousor microporous carboseed microcarrier, for example, SM1010 (BlueMembranes) or SH1010 (Blue Membranes).

The particle may be a dextran based microcarrier. The particle maycomprise Cytodex 1 (GE Healthcare) or Cytodex 3 (GE Healthcare). Cytodex1 is based on a cross-linked dextran matrix which is substituted withpositively charged N,N-diethylaminoethyl groups. The charged groups aredistributed throughout the microcarrier matrix. Cytodex 3 consists of athin layer of denatured collagen chemically coupled to a matrix ofcross-linked dextran.

The particle may be a polystyrene based microcarrier. The particle maycomprise Hillex or Hillex II (SoloHill Engineering, Inc.). Hillex andHillex II are modified polystyrene microcarriers having a cationictrimethyl ammonium coating.

The particle may be treated prior to allowing cells to grow thereon.Such treatment may seek to achieve greater adherence, availability ofcharges, biocompatibility, etc, as described elsewhere in this document.

Cellulose microcarriers such as DE-53, DE-52 and QA-52 may berod-shaped.

A cell culture may comprise a mixture of more than one type of particle.For example, a first particle population (e.g. of compact shapeparticles) and a second particle population (e.g. of elongate shapeparticles). In some embodiments a first cell type, e.g. feeder cells,may be attached to the first particles and a second cell type, e.g.hESCs, may be attached to the second particles. Each particle type mayhave the same or a different matrix coating. Optionally one or bothparticle types may not have a matrix coating.

Beads

Beads or microbeads suitable for use include those which are used forgel chromatography, for example, gel filtration media such as Sephadex.Suitable microbeads of this sort include Sephadex G-10 having a beadsize of 40-120 (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 103-9), Sephadex G-15having a bead size of 40-120 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27,104-7), Sephadex G-25 having a bead size of 20-50 μm (Sigma Aldrichcatalogue number 27, 106-3), Sephadex G-25 having a bead size of 20-80μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 107-1), Sephadex G-25 having abead size of 50-150 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 109-8),Sephadex G-25 having a bead size of 100-300 μm (Sigma Aldrich cataloguenumber 27, 110-1), Sephadex G-50 having a bead size of 20-50 μm (SigmaAldrich catalogue number 27, 112-8), Sephadex G-50 having a bead size of20-80 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 113-6), Sephadex G-50having a bead size of 50-150 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27,114-4), Sephadex G-50 having a bead size of 100-300 μm (Sigma Aldrichcatalogue number 27, 115-2), Sephadex G-75 having a bead size of 20-50μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 116-0), Sephadex G-75 having abead size of 40-120 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 117-9),Sephadex G-100 having a bead size of 20-50 μm (Sigma Aldrich cataloguenumber 27, 118-7), Sephadex G-100 having a bead size of 40-120 μm (SigmaAldrich catalogue number 27, 119-5), Sephadex G-150 having a bead sizeof 40-120 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number 27, 121-7), and SephadexG-200 having a bead size of 40-120 μm (Sigma Aldrich catalogue number27, 123-3), so long as they are compatible in terms of size, asexplained elsewhere in this document.

Sepharose beads, for example, as used in liquid chromatography, may alsobe used. Examples are Q-Sepharose, S-Sepharose and SP-Sepharose beads,available for example from Amersham Biosciences Europe GmbH (Freiburg,Germany) as Q Sepharose XL (catalogue number 17-5072-01), Q Sepharose XL(catalogue number 17-5072-04), Q Sepharose XL (catalogue number17-5072-60), SP Sepharose XL (catalogue number 17-5073-01), SP SepharoseXL (catalogue number 17-5073-04) and SP Sepharose XL (catalogue number117-5073-60) etc.

Particle Shape

The particle may comprise any suitable shape for cell growth, e.g., acompact shape or an elongate shape.

Compact Shape

Examples of compact shapes are generally spherical shaped particles,ellipsoid shaped particles, or granular shaped particles.

By “compact”, we mean a shape which is not generally elongate. In otherwords, “compact” shapes are those which are generally non-elongate orunextended, or which are not extended in any one dimension. The compactshape may be one which is not generally spread out, or not long orspindly. Therefore, such “compact shapes” generally possess lineardimensions which may be generally similar, or which do not differ by alarge amount.

Thus, the ratio of any two dimensions of the compact shape may be 5:1 orless, such as 4:1 or less, such as 3:1, 2.5:1, 2.4:1, 2.3:1, 2.2:1,2.1:1, 2:1, 1.9:1, 1.8:1, 1.7:1, 1.6:1, 1.5:1, 1.4:1, 1.3:1, 1.2:1,1.1:1, or less. For example, no two pairs of dimensions may have a ratioof 5:1 or more.

In some embodiments, the longest dimension of the compact shape is lessthan five times the shortest dimension of the compact shape. In otherembodiments, the longest dimension of the compact shape is notsignificantly greater than the shortest dimension, i.e., the shape isrelatively uniform.

The “longest dimension” as the term is used in this document should betaken to mean the length of the major axis, i.e., the axis containingthe longest line that can be drawn through the particle. Similarly, the“shortest dimension” is the length of the minor axis, which is the axiscontaining the shortest line that can be drawn through the particle.

Regular shapes in which the linear dimensions are approximately thesame, or are comparable, or in which the ratio of the longest dimensionto the shortest dimension is less than 5:1 are included in the compactparticles described here. The above ratios may therefore relate to theratio of the longest dimension to the shortest dimension. In someembodiments, the ratio of two dimensions (such as the longest dimensionto the shortest dimension) is less than 1.1:1, such as 1:1 (i.e., aregular or uniform shape).

Therefore, where applicable, the length of the particle may be less than5× its width or diameter, such as less than 4× its width or diameter,such as less than 3×, such as less than 2× or less.

The compact shape may comprise a regular solid, a sphere, a spheroid, anoblate spheroid, a flattened spheroid, an ellipsoid, a cube, a cone, acylinder, or a polyhedron. Polyhedra include simple polyhedra or regularpolyhedra. Polyhedra include, for example, a hexahedron, holyhedron,cuboid, deltahedron, pentahedron, tetradecahedron, polyhedron,tetraflexagon, trapezohedron, truncated polyhedron, geodesic dome,heptahedron and hexecontahedron. Any of the above shapes may be usedsuch that they are “compact”, according to the definition providedabove. For example, where the shape comprises an oblate spheroid, thishas the appropriate oblateness such that the spheroid is compact, andnot elongate.

In some embodiments, the compact shape may comprise a balloon shape, acigar shape, a sausage shape, a disc shape, a teardrop shape, a ballshape or an elliptical shape, so long as the dimensions are as givenabove. The compact shape may also comprise a sphere shape, a cube shape,a cuboid shape, a tile shape, an ovoid shape, an ellipsoid shape, a discshape, a cell shape, a pill shape, a capsule shape, a flat cylindershape, a bean shape, a drop shape, a globular shape, a pea shape, apellet shape, etc.

Elongate Shape

The particle may have a generally elongate shape. Examples of elongateshapes are generally rod shaped particles, cylindrical shaped particles,or stick shaped particles. The elongate particles may comprise hollowfibres.

By “elongate”, we mean a shape which is not generally compact. In otherwords, “elongate” shapes are those which are generally extended in onedimension relative to another. The elongate shape may be one which isspread out, long or spindly. Therefore, such “elongate shapes” generallypossess linear dimensions which generally differ from one another to agreater or lesser extent.

Thus, the ratio of any two dimensions of the elongate shape may be 5:1or more, 4:1 or less, such as 1.1:1 or more, 1.2:1 or more, 1.3:1 ormore, 1.4:1 or more, 1.5:1 or more, 1.6:1 or more, 1.7:1 or more, 1.8:1or more, 1.9:1 or more, 2:1 or more, 2.1:1 or more, 2.2:1 or more, 2.3:1or more, 2.4:1 or more, 2.5:1 or more, 3:1 or more, 4:1 or more, or 5:1or more.

For example, any two pairs of dimensions may have a ratio of 5:1 ormore. Thus, in some embodiments, the longest dimension of the elongateshape is more than five times the shortest dimension of the elongateshape.

Therefore, where applicable, the length of the particle may be more than2× its width or diameter, such as more than 3× its width or diameter,such as more than 4×, such as more than 5× or more than 10×.

Elongate or rod-shaped microcarriers are especially preferred for use inthe methods of the present invention. They are observed to provide abetter attachment matrix for the generation of cell-microcarrieraggregates. Whilst not being limited or bound by theory, it isconsidered that the long axis of a rod-shaped microcarrier provides asuperior attachment compared to bead (spherical) microcarriers due tothe large surface area that is available for attachment enablingcell-carrier aggregation within a few hours that is stable duringagitation.

Particle Size

In order for the particles to support continuous growth, they may have asize which enables cells to grow on the particles. The size of theparticles also enables cells to aggregate with other cells growing onother particles. For example, it may be necessary for the size of theparticle to be such that at least one dimension is compatible with thedimensions of a primate or human stem cell.

The size of the particles may be chosen empirically by selecting aparticle, allowing stem cells to attach on and grow (as set out in thisdocument and in detail in the Examples) and assaying any of a number ofparameters such as growth, viability, retention of biological charactersof stem cells, karyotype, etc.

As an example, the particle may comprise a compact microcarrier having agenerally spherical or granular shape. Where this is the case, thecompact microcarrier may have a dimension ranging between about 20 μmand about 250 μm.

The upper limit of the range of dimensions for the compact microcarriermay be about 250 μm, about 240 μm, about 230 μm, about 220 μm, about 210μm, about 200 μm, about 190 μm, about 180 μm, about 170 μm, about 160μm, about 150 μm, about 140 μm, about 130 μm, about 120 μm, about 110μm, about 100 μm, about 90 μm, about 80 μm, about 70 μm, about 60 μm,about 50 μm, about 40 μm or about 30 μm.

The lower limit of the range of dimensions of the compact microcarriermay be about 20 μm, about 30 μm, 40 μm, about 50 μm, about 60 μm, about70 μm, about 80 μm, about 90 μm, about 100 μm or about 110 μm.

The compact microcarriers may have a dimension between 120 μm to 20 μm,110 μm to 30 μm, 100 μm to 40 μm, 90 μm to 50 μm, 80 μm to 40 μm, 70 μmto 50 μm or between 90 to 30 μm, 80 to 40 μm, 70 to 40 μm, 70 to 30 μm,60 to 40 μm, 60 to 30 μm, 60 to 50 μm, 50 to 40 μm, 50 to 30 μm, 50 to 5μm, 50 to 10 μm, 60 to 10 μm, 70 to 10 μm, 60 to 20 μm, 70 to 20 μm.

The compact microcarrier may have a dimension of about 20 μm, about 30μm, 40 μm, about 50 μm, about 60 μm, about 65 μm, about 70 μm, about 80μm, about 90 μm, about 100 μm, about 110 μm or about 120 μm.

The dimensions of the compact microcarrier may for example be about 65μm.

The dimension may be the diameter of the microcarrier.

The compact particle may for example comprise a hydrophilicmicrocarrier, a hydroxylated methacrylic matrix microcarrier orderivatised hydrophilic beaded microcarrier, such as TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw(Tosoh) or Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh).

Information on TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw may be found athttp://www.separations.us.tosohbioscience.com/Products/HPLCColumns/ByMode/Affinity/TSKgel+Tresyl-5PW.htm

Information on Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 may be found athttp://www.separations.us.tosohbioscience.com/Products/ProcessMedia/ByMode/AFC/ToyopearlAF-Tresyl-650.htm

As another example, the particle may comprise a elongate microcarrierhaving a generally rod- or cylindrical shape. Where this is the case,the elongate microcarrier may have a longest dimension ranging betweenabout 400 μm and about 50 μm.

The upper limit of the range of longest dimensions for the elongatemicrocarrier may be about 2000 μm, about 1900 μm, about 1800 μm, about1700 μm, about 1600 μm, about 1500 μm, about 1400 μm, about 1300 μm,about 1200 μm, about 1100 μm, about 1000 μm, about 900 μm, about 800 μm,about 700 μm, about 600 μm, about 500 μm, about 400 μm, about 390 μm,about 380 μm, about 370 μm, about 360 μm, about 350 μm, about 340 μm,about 330 μm, about 320 μm, about 310 μm, about 300 μm, about 290 μm,about 280 μm, about 270 μm, about 260 μm, about 250 μm, about 240 μm,about 230 μm, about 220 μm, about 210 μm, about 200 μm, about 190 μm,about 180 μm, about 170 μm, about 160 μm, about 150 μm, about 140 μm,about 130 μm, about 120 μm, about 110 μm, about 100 μm, about 90 μm,about 80 μm, about 70 μm, about 60 μm or about 50 μm.

The lower limit of the range of longest dimensions of the elongatemicrocarrier may be about 20 μm, about 30 μm, about 40 μm, about 50 μm,about 60 μm, about 70 μm, about 80 μm, about 90 μm, about 100 μm, about110 μm, about 120 μm, about 130 μm, about 140 μm, about 150 μm, about160 μm, about 170 μm, about 180 μm, about 190 μm, about 200 μm, about210 μm, about 220 μm, about 230 μm, about 240 μm, about 250 μm, about260 μm, about 270 μm, about 280 μm, about 290 μm, about 300 μm, about310 μm, about 320 μm, about 330 μm, about 340 μm, about 350 μm, about360 μm, about 370 μm, about 380 μm or about 390 μm.

The elongate microcarriers may have a longest dimension between 2000 μmto 20 μm, for example between 400 μm to 50 μm, 390 μm to 60 μm, 380 μmto 70 μm, 370 μm to 80 μm, 360 μm to 90 μm, 350 μm to 100 μm, 340 μm to110 μm, 330 μm to 120 μm, 320 μm to 130 μm, 310 μm to 140 μm, 300 μm to150 μm, 290 μm to 160 μm, 280 μm to 170 μm, 270 μm to 180 μm, 260 μm to190 μm, 250 μm to 200 μm, 240 μm to 210 μm or 230 μm to 220 μm.

The longest dimension of the elongate microcarrier may for example beabout 190 μm, 200 μm, 210 μm, 220 μm, etc.

The elongate microcarrier may have a shortest dimension ranging between10 μm and 50 μm. The elongate microcarrier may have a shortest dimensionof about 10 μm, about 15 μm, about 20 μm, about 25 μm, about 30 μm,about 35 μm, about 40 μm or about 45 μm.

An elongate microcarrier may be cylindrical or rod-shaped, having anapproximately circular or ellipsoid cross-section, the shortest diameterof which may be in the range of about 5 μm to about 50 μm, for exampleone of about 10 μm, about 15 μm, about 20 μm, about 25 μm, about 30 μm,about 35 μm, about 40 μm, or about 45 μm. The diameter may be betweenone of: about 5 μm and 20 μm, about 10 μm and 25 μm, about 15 μm and 30μm, about 20 μm and 35 μm, about 25 μm and 40 μm, about 30 μm and 45 μm,about 35 μm and 50 μm.

The elongate particle may for example comprise a cellulose cylindricalmicrocarrier, such as DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman) or QA-52(Whatman).

The size and dimensions of any given microcarrier may vary, within orbetween batches. For example, for DE-53 rod-shaped cellulosemicrocarriers we measured the length and diameter of the carriers withina batch and found that the length of carrier can be between 50 and 250μm (average length of 130±50 μm) and the diameter of the carrier can bebetween 17 μm and at least 50 μm (average diameter of 35±7 μm).

The particle may be porous. Porous particles enable medium to circulatewithin and through the growing area and this may assist cell growth. Forexample, the particle may comprise a macroporous or microporouscarboseed microcarrier. The particle may comprise SM1010 (BlueMembranes) or SH1010 (Blue Membranes).

Culture of Stem Cells

Any suitable method of culturing stem cells, for example as set out inthe Examples, may be used in the methods and compositions describedhere.

Any suitable container may be used to propagate stem cells according tothe methods and compositions described here. Suitable containers includethose described in US Patent Publication US2007/0264713 (Terstegge).

Containers may include bioreactors and spinners, for example. A“bioreactor”, as the term is used in this document, is a containersuitable for the cultivation of eukaryotic cells, for example animalcells or mammalian cells, such as in a large scale. A typicalcultivation volume of a regulated bioreactor is between 20 ml and 500ml.

The bioreactor may comprise a regulated bioreactor, in which one or moreconditions may be controlled or monitored, for example, oxygen partialpressure. Devices for measuring and regulating these conditions areknown in the art. For example, oxygen electrodes may be used for oxygenpartial pressure. The oxygen partial pressure can be regulated via theamount and the composition of the selected gas mixture (e.g., air or amixture of air and/or oxygen and/or nitrogen and/or carbon dioxide).Suitable devices for measuring and regulating the oxygen partialpressure are described by Bailey, J E. (Bailey, J E., BiochemicalEngineering Fundamentals, second edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. ISBN0-07-003212-2 Higher Education, (1986)) or Jackson A T. Jackson A T.,Verfahrenstechnik in der Biotechnologie, Springer, ISBN 3540561900(1993)).

Other suitable containers include spinners. Spinners are regulated orunregulated bioreactors, which can be agitated using various agitatormechanisms, such as glass ball agitators, impeller agitators, and othersuitable agitators. The cultivation volume of a spinner is typicallybetween 20 ml and 500 ml. Roller bottles are round cell culture flasksmade of plastic or glass having a culture area of between 400 and 2000cm². The cells are cultivated along the entire inner surface of theseflasks; the cells are coated with culture medium accomplished by a“rolling” motion, i.e. rotating the bottles about their own individualaxis.

Alternatively, culture may be static, i.e. where active agitation of theculture/culture media is not employed. By reducing agitation of theculture aggregates of cells/microcarriers may be allowed to form. Whilstsome agitation may be employed to encourage distribution and flow of theculture media over the cultured cells this may be applied so as not tosubstantially disrupt aggregate formation. For example, a low rpmagitation, e.g. less than 30 rpm or less than 20 rpm, may be employed.

Propagation with Passage

The methods and compositions described here may comprise passaging, orsplitting during culture. The methods may involve continuous orcontinual passage.

By “continual” or “continuous”, we mean that our methods enable growthof stem cells on microcarriers in a fashion that enables them to bepassaged, e.g., taken off the microcarriers on which they are growingand transferred to other microcarriers or particles, and that thisprocess may be repeated at least once, for example twice, three times,four times, five times, etc (as set out below). In some cases, this maybe repeated any number of times, for example indefinitely or infinitely.Most preferably the process is repeated 5 or more times, e.g. 6 or moretime, 7 or more times, 8 or more times, 9 or more times, 10 or moretimes, 11 or more times, 12 or more times, 13 or more times, 14 or moretimes, 15 or more times, 16 or more times, 17 or more times, 18 or moretimes, 19 or more times, 20 or more times, 21 or more times, 22 or moretimes, 23 or more times, 24 or more times, 25 or more times. The terms“continual” or “continuous” may also be used to mean a substantiallyuninterrupted extension of an event, such as cell growth. For example,our methods enable the expansion of stem cells to any number of desiredgenerations, without needing to terminate the growth or culture.

Cells in culture may be dissociated from the substrate or flask, and“split”, subcultured or passaged, by dilution into tissue culture mediumand replating.

Cells growing on particles may be passaged back onto particle culture.Alternatively, they may be passaged back onto conventional (2D)cultures. Tissue culture cells growing on plates may be passaged ontoparticle culture. Each of these methods are described in more detailbelow and in the Examples.

The term “passage” may generally refer to the process of taking analiquot of a cell culture, dissociating the cells completely orpartially, diluting and inoculating into medium. The passaging may berepeated one or more times. The aliquot may comprise the whole or aportion of the cell culture. The cells of the aliquot may be completely,partially or not confluent. The passaging may comprise at least some ofthe following sequence of steps: aspiration, rinsing, trypsinization,incubation, dislodging, quenching, re-seeding and aliquoting. Theprotocol published by the Hedrick Lab, UC San Diego may be used(http://hedricklab.ucsd.edu/Protocol/COSCell.html).

The cells may be dissociated by any suitable means, such as mechanicalor enzymatic means known in the art. The cells may be broken up bymechanical dissociation, for example using a cell scraper or pipette.The cells may be dissociated by sieving through a suitable sieve size,such as through 100 micron or 500 micron sieves. The cells may be splitby enzymatic dissociation, for example by treatment with collagenase ortrypLE harvested. The dissociation may be complete or partial.

The dilution may be of any suitable dilution. The cells in the cellculture may be split at any suitable ratio. For example, the cells maybe split at a ratio of 1:2 or more, 1:3 or more, 1:4 or more or 1:5 ormore. The cells may be split at a ratio of 1:6 or more, 1:7 or more, 1:8or more, 1:9 or more or 1:10 or more. The split ratio may be 1:10 ormore. It may be 1:11, 1:12, 1:13, 1:14, 1:15, 1:16, 1:17, 1:18, 1:19 or1:20 or more. The split ratio may be 1:21, 1:22, 1:23, 1:24, 1:25 or1:26 or more.

Thus, stem cells may be passaged for 1 passage or more. For example,stem cells may be passaged for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, passages or more. The stemcells may be passaged for 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75,80, 85, 90, 95 or more passages. The stem cells may be propagatedindefinitely in culture.

Passages may be expressed as generations of cell growth. Our methods andcompositions allow stem cells to propagate for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25generations or more. The stem cells may be grown for 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or more generations.

Passages may also be expressed as the number of cell doublings. Ourmethods and compositions allow stem cells to propagate for 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,24, 25 cell doublings or more. The stem cells may be grown for 25, 30,35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or more celldoublings.

The stem cells may be cultured for more than 5, more than 10, more than15, more than 20, more than 25, more than 30, more than 40, more than45, more than 50, more than 100, more than 200, more than 500 or morethan 800 passages, generations or cell doublings. The stem cells may bemaintained for 100, 200, 500 or more passages, generations or celldoublings.

Growth and Productivity

The methods and compositions described here enable the production ofstem cells in quantity.

The methods may enable exponential growth of stem cells in culture. Theexponential growth may or may not be accompanied by a lag phase. Theexponential growth may form part or a substantial period of the growthof the cells in culture. Methods of assessing exponential growth areknown in the art.

For example the specific growth rate of the cells may conform to:

$\mu = \frac{\left( {{\ln\mspace{11mu} x\; 1} - {\ln\mspace{11mu} x\; 2}} \right)}{{t\; 1} - {t\; 2}}$

Where x=cell concentration and t=time. The methods and compositionsdescribed here may enable greater productivity of cell growth comparedto traditional, 2D culture methods (e.g., culture on plates). Forexample, the volumetric productivity of our methods may be 1×10⁶cells/well or more, such as 2.5×10⁶ cells/well or more, for example 3,4, 5, 6 or 7×10⁶ cells/well or more. A well may have a diameter of about3.5 cm or an area of about 9.5 cm². The volumetric productivity of ourmethods may be 1 million cells/ml or more, such as 2 million cells/ml ormore, 2.5 million cells/ml or more, 3 million cells/ml or more, 3.5million cells/ml, 1 million cells/ml or more, such as 4 million cells/mlor more, 4.5 million cells/ml or more, 5 million cells/ml or more.

Maintenance of Stem Cell Characteristics

The propagated stem cells may retain at least one characteristic of aprimate or human stem cell. The stem cells may retain the characteristicafter one or more passages. They may do so after a plurality ofpassages. They may do so after the stated number of passages asdescribed above.

The characteristic may comprise a morphological characteristic,immunohistochemical characteristic, a molecular biologicalcharacteristic, etc. The characteristic may comprise a biologicalactivity.

Stem Cell Characteristics

The stem cells propagated by our methods may display any of thefollowing stem cell characteristics.

Stem cells may display increased expression of Oct4 and/or SSEA-1 and/orTRA-1-60 and/or Mab84. Stem cells which are self-renewing may display ashortened cell cycle compared to stem cells which are not self-renewing.

Stem cells may display defined morphology. For example, in the twodimensions of a standard microscopic image, human embryonic stem cellsdisplay high nuclear/cytoplasmic ratios in the plane of the image,prominent nucleoli, and compact colony formation with poorly discernablecell junctions.

Stem cells may also be characterized by expressed cell markers asdescribed in further detail below.

Expression of Pluripotency Markers

The biological activity that is retained may comprise expression of oneor more pluripotency markers.

Stage-specific embryonic antigens (SSEA) are characteristic of certainembryonic cell types. Antibodies for SSEA markers are available from theDevelopmental Studies Hybridoma Bank (Bethesda Md.). Other usefulmarkers are detectable using antibodies designated Tra-1-60 and Tra-1-81(Andrews et al., Cell Lines from Human Germ Cell Tumors, in E. J.Robertson, 1987, supra). Human embryonic stem cells are typically SSEA-1negative and SSEA-4 positive. hEG cells are typically SSEA-1 positive.Differentiation of primate pluripotent stem cells (pPS) cells in vitroresults in the loss of SSEA-4, Tra-1-60, and Tra-1-81 expression andincreased expression of SSEA-1. pPS cells can also be characterized bythe presence of alkaline phosphatase activity, which can be detected byfixing the cells with 4% paraformaldehyde, and then developing withVector Red as a substrate, as described by the manufacturer (VectorLaboratories, Burlingame Calif.).

Embryonic stem cells are also typically telomerase positive and OCT-4positive. Telomerase activity can be determined using TRAP activityassay (Kim et al., Science 266:2011, 1997), using a commerciallyavailable kit (TRAPeze® XK Telomerase Detection Kit, Cat. s7707;Intergen Co., Purchase N.Y.; or TeloTAGGG™ Telomerase PCR ELISA plus,Cat. 2,013,89; Roche Diagnostics, Indianapolis). hTERT expression canalso be evaluated at the mRNA level by RT-PCR. The LightCyclerTeloTAGGG™ hTERT quantification kit (Cat. 3,012,344; Roche Diagnostics)is available commercially for research purposes.

Any one or more of these pluripotency markers, including FOXD3, PODXL,alkaline phosphatase, OCT-4, SSEA-4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84, etc, may beretained by the propagated stem cells.

Detection of markers may be achieved through any means known in the art,for example immunologically. Histochemical staining, flow cytometry(FACS), Western Blot, enzyme-linked immunoassay (ELISA), etc may beused.

Flow immunocytochemistry may be used to detect cell-surface markers.immunohistochemistry (for example, of fixed cells or tissue sections)may be used for intracellular or cell-surface markers. Western blotanalysis may be conducted on cellular extracts. Enzyme-linkedimmunoassay may be used for cellular extracts or products secreted intothe medium.

For this purpose, antibodies to the pluripotency markers as availablefrom commercial sources may be used.

Antibodies for the identification of stem cell markers including theStage-Specific Embryonic Antigens 1 and 4 (SSEA-1 and SSEA-4) and TumorRejection Antigen 1-60 and 1-81 (TRA-1-60, TRA-1-81) may be obtainedcommercially, for example from Chemicon International, Inc (Temecula,Calif., USA). The immunological detection of these antigens usingmonoclonal antibodies has been widely used to characterize pluripotentstem cells (Shamblott M. J. et. al. (1998) PNAS 95: 13726-13731;Schuldiner M. et. al. (2000). PNAS 97: 11307-11312; Thomson J. A. et.al. (1998). Science 282: 1145-1147; Reubinoff B. E. et. al. (2000).Nature Biotechnology 18: 399-404; Henderson J. K. et. al. (2002). StemCells 20: 329-337; Pera M. et. al. (2000). J. Cell Science 113: 5-10.).

The expression of tissue-specific gene products can also be detected atthe mRNA level by Northern blot analysis, dot-blot hybridizationanalysis, or by reverse transcriptase initiated polymerase chainreaction (RT-PCR) using sequence-specific primers in standardamplification methods. Sequence data for the particular markers listedin this disclosure can be obtained from public databases such asGenBank. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,780 for further details.

Substantially all of the propagated cells, or a substantial portion ofthem, may express the marker(s). For example, the percentage of cellsthat express the marker or markers may be 50% or more, 60% or more, 70%or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, 93% or more, 95% or more, 97% ormore, 98% or more, 99% or more, or substantially 100%.

Cell Viability

The biological activity may comprise cell viability after the statednumber of passages. Cell viability may be assayed in various ways, forexample by Trypan Blue exclusion.

A protocol for vital staining follows. Place a suitable volume of a cellsuspension (20-200 μL) in appropriate tube add an equal volume of 0.4%Trypan blue and gently mix, let stand for 5 minutes at room temperature.Place 10 μl of stained cells in a hemocytometer and count the number ofviable (unstained) and dead (stained) cells. Calculate the averagenumber of unstained cells in each quadrant, and multiply by 2×10⁴ tofind cells/ml. The percentage of viable cells is the number of viablecells divided by the number of dead and viable cells.

The viability of cells may be 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80%or more, 90% or more, 93% or more, 95% or more, 97% or more, 98% ormore, 99% or more, or substantially 100%.

Karyotype

The propagated stem cells may retain a normal karyotype during or afterpropagation. A “normal” karyotype is a karyotype that is identical,similar or substantially similar to a karyotype of a parent stem cellfrom which the stem cell is derived, or one which varies from it but notin any substantial manner. For example, there should not be any grossanomalies such as translocations, loss of chromosomes, deletions, etc.

Karyotype may be assessed by a number of methods, for example visuallyunder optical microscopy. Karyotypes may be prepared and analyzed asdescribed in McWhir et al. (2006), Hewitt et al. (2007), and Gallimoreand Richardson (1973). Cells may also be karyotyped using a standardG-banding technique (available at many clinical diagnostics labs thatprovide routine karyotyping services, such as the Cytogenetics Lab atOakland Calif.) and compared to published stem cell karyotypes.

All or a substantial portion of propagated cells may retain a normalkaryotype. This proportion may be 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more,80% or more, 90% or more, 93% or more, 95% or more, 97% or more, 98% ormore, 99% or more, or substantially 100%.

Pluripotency

The propagated stem cells may retain the capacity to differentiate intoall three cellular lineages, i.e., endoderm, ectoderm and mesoderm.Methods of induction of stem cells to differentiate each of theselineages are known in the art and may be used to assay the capability ofthe propagated stem cells. All or a substantial portion of propagatedcells may retain this ability. This may be 50% or more, 60% or more, 70%or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, 93% or more, 95% or more, 97% ormore, 98% or more, 99% or more, or substantially 100% of the propagatedstem cells.

Co-Culture and Feeders

Our methods may comprise culturing stem cells in the presence or absenceof co-culture. The term “co-culture” refers to a mixture of two or moredifferent kinds of cells that are grown together, for example, stromalfeeder cells. The two or more different kinds of cells may be grown onthe same surfaces, such as particles or cell container surfaces, or ondifferent surfaces. The different kinds of cells may be grown ondifferent particles.

Feeder cells, as the term is used in this document, may mean cells whichare used for or required for cultivation of cells of a different type.In the context of stem cell culture, feeder cells have the function ofsecuring the survival, proliferation, and maintenance of ES-cellpluripotency. ES-cell pluripotency may be achieved by directlyco-cultivating the feeder cells. Alternatively, or in addition, thefeeder cells may be cultured in a medium to condition it. Theconditioned medium may be used to culture the stem cells.

The inner surface of the container such as a culture dish may be coatedwith a feeder layer of mouse embryonic skin cells that have been treatedso they will not divide. The feeder cells release nutrients into theculture medium which are required for ES cell growth. The stem cellsgrowing on particles may therefore be grown in such coated containers.

The feeder cells may themselves be grown on particles. They may beseeded on particles in a similar way as described for stem cells. Thestem cells to be propagated may be grown together with or separate fromsuch feeder particles. The stem cells may therefore be grown on a layeron such feeder cell coated particles. On the other hand, the stem cellsmay be grown on separate particles. Any combinations of any of thesearrangements are also possible, for example, a culture which comprisesfeeder cells grown on particles, particles with feeder cells and stemcells, and particles with stem cells growing. These combinations may begrown in containers with a feeder layer or without.

The particles on which the feeder cells are grown may be either coatedor not coated in a matrix coating.

Arrangements in which feeder cells are absent or not required are alsopossible. For example, the cells may be grown in medium conditioned byfeeder cells or stem cells.

Media and Feeder Cells

Media for isolating and propagating pluripotent stem cells can have anyof several different formulas, as long as the cells obtained have thedesired characteristics, and can be propagated further.

Suitable sources are as follows: Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium(DMEM), Gibco#11965-092; Knockout Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium (KODMEM), Gibco#10829-018; 200 mM L-glutamine, Gibco#15039-027;non-essential amino acid solution, Gibco 11140-050;beta-mercaptoethanol, Sigma#M7522; human recombinant basic fibroblastgrowth factor (bFGF), Gibco#13256-029. Exemplary serum-containingembryonic stem (ES) medium is made with 80% DMEM (typically KO DMEM),20% defined fetal bovine serum (FBS) not heat inactivated, 0.1 mMnon-essential amino acids, 1 mM L-glutamine, and 0.1 mMbeta-mercaptoethanol. The medium is filtered and stored at 4 degrees C.for no longer than 2 weeks. Serum-free embryonic stem (ES) medium ismade with 80% KO DMEM, 20% serum replacement, 0.1 mM non-essential aminoacids, 1 mM L-glutamine, and 0.1 mM beta-mercaptoethanol. An effectiveserum replacement is Gibco#10828-028. The medium is filtered and storedat 4 degrees C. for no longer than 2 weeks. Just before use, human bFGFis added to a final concentration of 4 ng/mL (Bodnar et al., Geron Corp,International Patent Publication WO 99/20741).

The media may comprise Knockout DMEM media (Invitrogen-Gibco, GrandIsland, N.Y.), supplemented with 10% serum replacement media(Invitrogen-Gibco, Grand Island, N.Y.), 5 ng/ml FGF2 (Invitrogen-Gibco,Grand Island, N.Y.) and 5 ng/ml PDGF AB (Peprotech, Rocky Hill, N.J.).

Feeder cells (where used) may be propagated in mEF medium, containing90% DMEM (Gibco#11965-092), 10% FBS (Hyclone#30071-03), and 2 mMglutamine. mEFs are propagated in T150 flasks (Corning#430825),splitting the cells 1:2 every other day with trypsin, keeping the cellssubconfluent. To prepare the feeder cell layer, cells are irradiated ata dose to inhibit proliferation but permit synthesis of importantfactors that support human embryonic stem cells (about 4000 rads gammairradiation). Six-well culture plates (such as Falcon#304) are coated byincubation at 37 degrees C. with 1 mL 0.5% gelatin per well overnight,and plated with 375,000 irradiated mEFs per well. Feeder cell layers aretypically used 5 h to 4 days after plating. The medium is replaced withfresh human embryonic stem (hES) medium just before seeding pPS cells.

Conditions for culturing other stem cells are known, and can beoptimized appropriately according to the cell type. Media and culturetechniques for particular cell types referred to in the previous sectionare provided in the references cited.

Serum Free Media

The methods and compositions described here may include culture of stemcells in a serum-free medium.

The term “serum-free media” may comprise cell culture media which isfree of serum proteins, e.g., fetal calf serum. Serum-free media areknown in the art, and are described for example in U.S. Pat. Nos.5,631,159 and 5,661,034. Serum-free media are commercially availablefrom, for example, Gibco-BRL (Invitrogen).

The serum-free media may be protein free, in that it may lack proteins,hydrolysates, and components of unknown composition. The serum-freemedia may comprise chemically-defined media in which all components havea known chemical structure. Chemically-defined serum-free media isadvantageous as it provides a completely defined system which eliminatesvariability allows for improved reproducibility and more consistentperformance, and decreases possibility of contamination by adventitiousagents.

The serum-free media may comprise Knockout DMEM media (Invitrogen-Gibco,Grand Island, N.Y.).

The serum-free media may be supplemented with one or more components,such as serum replacement media, at a concentration of for example, 5%,10%, 15%, etc. The serum-free media may be supplemented with 10% serumreplacement media from Invitrogen-Gibco (Grand Island, N.Y.).

The serum-free medium in which the dissociated or disaggregatedembryonic stem cells are cultured may comprise one or more growthfactors. A number of growth factors are known in the art, includingFGF2, IGF-2, Noggin, Activin A, TGF beta 1, HRG1 beta, LIF, SIP, PDGF,BAFF, April, SCF, Flt-3 ligand, Wnt3A and others. The growth factor(s)may be used at any suitable concentration such as between 1 pg/ml to 500ng/ml.

Media Supplements

Culture media may be supplemented with one or more additives. Forexample, these may be selected from one or more of: a lipid mixture,Bovine Serum Albumin (e.g. 0.1% BSA), hydrolysate of soybean protein.

Stem Cells

As used in this document, the term “stem cell” refers to a cell that ondivision faces two developmental options: the daughter cells can beidentical to the original cell (self-renewal) or they may be theprogenitors of more specialised cell types (differentiation). The stemcell is therefore capable of adopting one or other pathway (a furtherpathway exists in which one of each cell type can be formed). Stem cellsare therefore cells which are not terminally differentiated and are ableto produce cells of other types.

Stem cells as referred to in this document may include totipotent stemcells, pluripotent stem cells, and multipotent stem cells.

In general, reference herein to stem cells (plural) may include thesingular (stem cell). In particular, methods of culturing anddifferentiating stem cells may includes single cell and aggregateculturing techniques.

In the present invention stem cell cultures may be of aggregates orsingle cells.

Totipotent Stem Cells

The term “totipotent” cell refers to a cell which has the potential tobecome any cell type in the adult body, or any cell of theextraembryonic membranes (e.g., placenta). Thus, the only totipotentcells are the fertilized egg and the first 4 or so cells produced by itscleavage.

Pluripotent Stem Cells

“Pluripotent stem cells” are true stem cells, with the potential to makeany differentiated cell in the body. However, they cannot contribute tomaking the extraembryonic membranes which are derived from thetrophoblast. Several types of pluripotent stem cells have been found.

Embryonic Stem Cells

Embryonic Stem (ES) cells may be isolated from the inner cell mass (ICM)of the blastocyst, which is the stage of embryonic development whenimplantation occurs.

Embryonic Germ Cells

Embryonic Germ (EG) cells may be isolated from the precursor to thegonads in aborted fetuses.

Embryonic Carcinoma Cells

Embryonic Carcinoma (EC) cells may be isolated from teratocarcinomas, atumor that occasionally occurs in a gonad of a fetus. Unlike the firsttwo, they are usually aneuploid. All three of these types of pluripotentstem cells can only be isolated from embryonic or fetal tissue and canbe grown in culture. Methods are known in the art which prevent thesepluripotent cells from differentiating.

Adult Stem Cells

Adult stem cells comprise a wide variety of types including neuronal,skin and the blood forming stem cells which are the active component inbone marrow transplantation. These latter stem cell types are also theprincipal feature of umbilical cord-derived stem cells. Adult stem cellscan mature both in the laboratory and in the body into functional, morespecialised cell types although the exact number of cell types islimited by the type of stem cell chosen. For example, adult stem cellsmay be mesenchymal stem cells, haematopoietic stem cells, mammary stemcells, endothelial stem cells, or neural stem cells. Adult stem cellsmay be multipotent.

Multipotent Stem Cells

Multipotent stem cells are true stem cells but can only differentiateinto a limited number of types. For example, the bone marrow containsmultipotent stem cells that give rise to all the cells of the blood butnot to other types of cells. Multipotent stem cells are found in adultanimals. It is thought that every organ in the body (brain, liver)contains them where they can replace dead or damaged cells.

Methods of characterising stem cells are known in the art, and includethe use of standard assay methods such as clonal assay, flow cytometry,long-term culture and molecular biological techniques e.g. PCR, RT-PCRand Southern blotting.

In addition to morphological differences, human and murine pluripotentstem cells differ in their expression of a number of cell surfaceantigens (stem cell markers). Markers for stem cells and methods oftheir detection are described elsewhere in this document (under“Maintenance of Stem Cell Characteristics”).

Sources of Stem Cells

U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,832 reports multipotent neural stem cells obtainedfrom brain tissue. U.S. Pat. No. 5,766,948 reports producing neuroblastsfrom newborn cerebral hemispheres. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,654,183 and5,849,553 report the use of mammalian neural crest stem cells.

U.S. Pat. No. 6,040,180 reports in vitro generation of differentiatedneurons from cultures of mammalian multipotential CNS stem cells. WO98/50526 and WO 99/01159 report generation and isolation ofneuroepithelial stem cells, oligodendrocyte-astrocyte precursors, andlineage-restricted neuronal precursors.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,968,829 reports neural stem cells obtained fromembryonic forebrain and cultured with a medium comprising glucose,transferrin, insulin, selenium, progesterone, and several other growthfactors.

Primary liver cell cultures can be obtained from human biopsy orsurgically excised tissue by perfusion with an appropriate combinationof collagenase and hyaluronidase. Alternatively, EP 0 953 633 A1 reportsisolating liver cells by preparing minced human liver tissue,resuspending concentrated tissue cells in a growth medium and expandingthe cells in culture. The growth medium comprises glucose, insulin,transferrin, T₃, FCS, and various tissue extracts that allow thehepatocytes to grow without malignant transformation.

The cells in the liver are thought to contain specialized cellsincluding liver parenchymal cells, Kupffer cells, sinusoidalendothelium, and bile duct epithelium, and also precursor cells(referred to as “hepatoblasts” or “oval cells”) that have the capacityto differentiate into both mature hepatocytes or biliary epithelialcells (L. E. Rogler, Am. J. Pathol. 150:591, 1997; M. Alison, CurrentOpin. Cell Biol. 10:710, 1998; Lazaro et al., Cancer Res. 58:514, 1998).

U.S. Pat. No. 5,192,553 reports methods for isolating human neonatal orfetal hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells. U.S. Pat. No. 5,716,827reports human hematopoietic cells that are Thy-1 positive progenitors,and appropriate growth media to regenerate them in vitro. U.S. Pat. No.5,635,387 reports a method and device for culturing human hematopoieticcells and their precursors. U.S. Pat. No. 6,015,554 describes a methodof reconstituting human lymphoid and dendritic cells.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,486,359 reports homogeneous populations of humanmesenchymal stem cells that can differentiate into cells of more thanone connective tissue type, such as bone, cartilage, tendon, ligament,and dermis. They are obtained from bone marrow or periosteum. Alsoreported are culture conditions used to expand mesenchymal stem cells.WO 99/01145 reports human mesenchymal stem cells isolated fromperipheral blood of individuals treated with growth factors such asG-CSF or GM-CSF. WO 00/53795 reports adipose-derived stem cells andlattices, substantially free of adipocytes and red cells. These cellsreportedly can be expanded and cultured to produce hormones andconditioned culture media.

Stem cells of any vertebrate species can be used. Included are stemcells from humans; as well as non-human primates, domestic animals,livestock, and other non-human mammals such as rodents, mice, rats, etc.

Amongst the stem cells suitable for use in the methods and compositionsdescribed here are primate (pPS) or human pluripotent stem cells derivedfrom tissue formed after gestation, such as a blastocyst, or fetal orembryonic tissue taken any time during gestation. Non-limiting examplesare primary cultures or established lines of embryonic stem cells.

Embryonic Stem Cells

Embryonic stem cells may be isolated from blastocysts of members ofprimate species (Thomson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:7844,1995). Human embryonic stem (hES) cells can be prepared from humanblastocyst cells using the techniques described by Thomson et al. (U.S.Pat. No. 5,843,780; Science 282:1145, 1998; Curr. Top. Dev. Biol. 38:133ff., 1998) and Reubinoff et al, Nature Biotech. 18:399, 2000.

Briefly, human blastocysts may be obtained from human in vivopreimplantation embryos. Alternatively, in vitro fertilized (IVF)embryos can be used, or one cell human embryos can be expanded to theblastocyst stage (Bongso et al., Hum Reprod 4: 706, 1989). Human embryosare cultured to the blastocyst stage in G1.2 and G2.2 medium (Gardner etal., Fertil. Steril. 69:84, 1998). Blastocysts that develop are selectedfor embryonic stem cell isolation. The zona pellucida is removed fromblastocysts by brief exposure to pronase (Sigma). The inner cell massesare isolated by immunosurgery, in which blastocysts are exposed to a1:50 dilution of rabbit anti-human spleen cell antiserum for 30 minutes,then washed for 5 minutes three times in DMEM, and exposed to a 1:5dilution of Guinea pig complement (Gibco) for 3 minutes (see Solter etal., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 72:5099, 1975). After two further washesin DMEM, lysed trophectoderm cells are removed from the intact innercell mass (ICM) by gentle pipetting, and the ICM plated on mEF feederlayers.

After 9 to 15 days, inner cell mass-derived outgrowths are dissociatedinto clumps either by exposure to calcium and magnesium-freephosphate-buffered saline (PBS) with 1 mM EDTA, by exposure to dispaseor trypsin, or by mechanical dissociation with a micropipette; and thenreplated on mEF in fresh medium. Dissociated cells are replated on mEFfeeder layers in fresh embryonic stem (ES) medium, and observed forcolony formation. Colonies demonstrating undifferentiated morphology areindividually selected by micropipette, mechanically dissociated intoclumps, and replated. embryonic stem cell-like morphology ischaracterized as compact colonies with apparently high nucleus tocytoplasm ratio and prominent nucleoli. Resulting embryonic stem cellsare then routinely split every 1-2 weeks by brief trypsinization,exposure to Dulbecco's PBS (without calcium or magnesium and with 2 mMEDTA), exposure to type IV collagenase (.about.200 U/mL; Gibco) or byselection of individual colonies by micropipette. Clump sizes of about50 to 100 cells are optimal.

Embryonic Germ Cells

Human Embryonic Germ (hEG) cells may be prepared from primordial germcells present in human fetal material taken about 8-11 weeks after thelast menstrual period. Suitable preparation methods are described inShamblott et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:13726, 1998 and U.S.Pat. No. 6,090,622.

Briefly, genital ridges are rinsed with isotonic buffer, then placedinto 0.1 mL 0.05% trypsin/0.53 mM sodium EDTA solution (BRL) and cutinto <1 mm³ chunks. The tissue is then pipetted through a 100 μL tip tofurther disaggregate the cells. It is incubated at 37 degrees C. forabout 5 min, then about 3.5 mL EG growth medium is added. EG growthmedium is DMEM, 4500 mg/L D-glucose, 2200 mg/L mM sodium bicarbonate;15% embryonic stem (ES) qualified fetal calf serum (BRL); 2 mM glutamine(BRL); 1 mM sodium pyruvate (BRL); 1000-2000 U/mL human recombinantleukemia inhibitory factor (LIF, Genzyme); 1-2 ng/ml human recombinantbasic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF, Genzyme); and 10 μM forskolin (in10% DMSO). In an alternative approach, EG cells are isolated usinghyaluronidase/collagenase/DNAse. Gonadal anlagen or genital ridges withmesenteries are dissected from fetal material, the genital ridges arerinsed in PBS, then placed in 0.1 ml HCD digestion solution (0.01%hyaluronidase type V, 0.002% DNAse I, 0.1% collagenase type IV, all fromSigma prepared in EG growth medium). Tissue is minced and incubated 1 hor overnight at 37 degrees C., resuspended in 1-3 mL of EG growthmedium, and plated onto a feeder layer.

Ninety-six well tissue culture plates are prepared with a sub-confluentlayer of feeder cells cultured for 3 days in modified EG growth mediumfree of LIF, bFGF or forskolin, inactivated with 5000 rad γ-irradiation.Suitable feeders are STO cells (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1503). 0.2 mL ofprimary germ cell (PGC) suspension is added to each of the wells. Thefirst passage is conducted after 7-10 days in EG growth medium,transferring each well to one well of a 24-well culture dish previouslyprepared with irradiated STO mouse fibroblasts. The cells are culturedwith daily replacement of medium until cell morphology consistent withEG cells are observed, typically after 7-30 days or 1-4 passages.

Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells

The methods and compositions described here may be used for thepropagation of induced pluripotent stem cells.

Induced pluripotent stem cells, commonly abbreviated as iPS cells oriPSCs, are a type of pluripotent stem cell artificially derived from anon-pluripotent cell, typically an adult somatic cell, for examplefibroblasts, lung or B cells, by inserting certain genes. iPS cells arereviewed and discussed in Takahashi, K. & Yamanaka (2006), Yamanaka S,et. al. (2007), Wernig M, et. al. (2007), Maherali N, et. al. (2007) andThomson J A, Yu J, et al. (2007) and Takahashi et al., (2007).

iPS cells are typically derived by transfection of certain stemcell-associated genes into non-pluripotent cells, such as adultfibroblasts. Transfection is typically achieved through viral vectors,such as retroviruses. Transfected genes include the mastertranscriptional regulators Oct-3/4 (Pouf51) and Sox2, although it issuggested that other genes enhance the efficiency of induction. After3-4 weeks, small numbers of transfected cells begin to becomemorphologically and biochemically similar to pluripotent stem cells, andare typically isolated through morphological selection, doubling time,or through a reporter gene and antibiotic infection.

Sources of Pluripotent Cells

Some aspects and embodiments of the present invention are concerned withthe use of pluripotent cells. Embryonic stem cells and inducedpluripotent stem cells are described as examples of such cells.

Embryonic stem cells have traditionally been derived from the inner cellmass (ICM) of blastocyst stage embryos (Evans, M. J., and Kaufman, M. H.(1981). Establishment in culture of pluripotential cells from mouseembryos. Nature 292, 154-156. Martin, G. R. (1981). Isolation of apluripotent cell line from early mouse embryos cultured in mediumconditioned by teratocarcinoma stem cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA78, 7634-7638. Thomson, J. A., Itskovitz-Eldor, J., Shapiro, S. S.,Waknitz, M. A., Swiergiel, J. J., Marshall, V. S., and Jones, J. M.(1998). Embryonic stem cell lines derived from human blastocysts.Science 282, 1145-1147). In isolating embryonic stem cells these methodsmay cause the destruction of the embryo.

Several methods have now been provided for the isolation of pluripotentstem cells that do not lead to the destruction of an embryo, e.g. bytransforming adult somatic cells or germ cells. These methods include:

1. Reprogramming by nuclear transfer. This technique involves thetransfer of a nucleus from a somatic cell into an oocyte or zygote. Insome situations this may lead to the creation of an animal-human hybridcell. For example, cells may be created by the fusion of a human somaticcell with an animal oocyte or zygote or fusion of a human oocyte orzygote with an animal somatic cell.

2. Reprogramming by fusion with embryonic stem cells. This techniqueinvolves the fusion of a somatic cell with an embryonic stem cell. Thistechnique may also lead to the creation of animal-human hybrid cells, asin 1 above.

3. Spontaneous re-programming by culture. This technique involves thegeneration of pluripotent cells from non-pluripotent cells after longterm culture. For example, pluripotent embryonic germ (EG) cells havebeen generated by long-term culture of primordial germ cells (PGC)(Matsui et al., Derivation of pluripotential embryonic stem cells frommurine primordial germ cells in culture. Cell 70, 841-847, 1992,incorporated herein by reference). The development of pluripotent stemcells after prolonged culture of bone marrow-derived cells has also beenreported Ming et al., Pluripotency of mesenchymal stem cells derivedfrom adult marrow. Nature 418, 41-49, 2002, incorporated herein byreference). They designated these cells multipotent adult progenitorcells (MAPCs). Shinohara et al also demonstrated that pluripotent stemcells can be generated during the course of culture of germline stem(GS) cells from neonate mouse testes, which they designated multipotentgermline stem (mGS) cells (Kanatsu-Shinohara et al., Generation ofpluripotent stem cells from neonatal mouse testis. Cell 119, 1001-1012,2004).

4. Reprogramming by defined factors. For example the generation of iPScells by the retrovirus-mediated introduction of transcription factors(such as Oct-3/4, Sox2, c-Myc, and KLF4) into mouse embryonic or adultfibroblasts, e.g. as described above. Kaji et al (Virus-free inductionof pluripotency and subsequent excision of reprogramming factors.Nature. Online publication 1 Mar. 2009) also describe the non-viraltransfection of a single multiprotein expression vector, which comprisesthe coding sequences of c-Myc, Klf4, Oct4 and Sox2 linked with 2Apeptides, that can reprogram both mouse and human fibroblasts. iPS cellsproduced with this non-viral vector show robust expression ofpluripotency markers, indicating a reprogrammed state confirmedfunctionally by in vitro differentiation assays and formation of adultchimaeric mice. They succeeded in establishing reprogrammed human celllines from embryonic fibroblasts with robust expression of pluripotencymarkers.

Methods 1-4 are described and discussed by Shinya Yamanaka in Strategiesand New Developments in the Generation of Patient-Specific PluripotentStem Cells (Cell Stem Cell 1, July 2007 ^(a)2007 Elsevier Inc),incorporated herein by reference.

5. Derivation of hESC lines from single blastomeres or biopsiedblastomeres. See Klimanskaya I, Chung Y, Becker S, Lu S J, Lanza R.Human embryonic stem cell lines derived from single blastomeres. Nature2006; 444:512, Lei et al Xeno-free derivation and culture of humanembryonic stem cells: current status, problems and challenges. CellResearch (2007) 17:682-688, Chung Y, Klimanskaya I, Becker S, et al.Embryonic and extraembryonic stem cell lines derived from single mouseblastomeres. Nature. 2006; 439:216-219. Klimanskaya I, Chung Y, BeckerS, et al. Human embryonic stem cell lines derived from singleblastomeres. Nature. 2006; 444:481-485. Chung Y, Klimanskaya I, BeckerS, et al. Human embryonic stem cell lines generated without embryodestruction. Cell Stem Cell. 2008; 2:113-117 and Dusko Ilic et al(Derivation of human embryonic stem cell lines from biopsied blastomereson human feeders with a minimal exposure to xenomaterials. Stem CellsAnd Development—paper in pre-publication), all incorporated herein byreference.

6. hESC lines obtained from arrested embryos which stopped cleavage andfailed to develop to morula and blastocysts in vitro. See Zhang X,Stojkovic P, Przyborski S, et al. Derivation of human embryonic stemcells from developing and arrested embryos. Stem Cells 2006;24:2669-2676 and Lei et al Xeno-free derivation and culture of humanembryonic stem cells: current status, problems and challenges. CellResearch (2007) 17:682-688, both incorporated herein by reference.

7. Parthogenesis (or Parthenogenesis). This technique involves chemicalor electrical stimulation of an unfertilised egg so as to cause it todevelop into a blastomere from which embryonic stem cells may bederived. For example, see Lin et al. Multilineage potential ofhomozygous stem cells derived from metaphase II oocytes. Stem Cells.2003; 21(2):152-61 who employed the chemical activation of nonfertilizedmetaphase II oocytes to produce stem cells.

8. Stem cells of fetal origin. These cells lie between embryonic andadult stem cells in terms of potentiality and may be used to derivepluripotent or multipotent cells. Human umbilical-cord-derived fetalmesenchymal stem cells (UC fMSCs) expressing markers of pluripotency(including Nanog, Oct-4, Sox-2, Rex-1, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tra-1-60, andTra-1-81, minimal evidence of senescence as shown by β-galactosidasestaining, and the consistent expression of telomerase activity) havebeen successfully derived by Chris H. Jo et al (Fetal mesenchymal stemcells derived from human umbilical cord sustain primitivecharacteristics during extensive expansion. Cell Tissue Res (2008)334:423-433, incorporated herein by reference). Winston Costa Pereira etal (Reproducible methodology for the isolation of mesenchymal stem cellsfrom human umbilical cord and its potential for cardiomyocyte generationJ Tissue Eng Regen Med 2008; 2: 394-399, incorporated herein byreference) isolated a pure population of mesenchymal stem cells fromWharton's jelly of the human umbilical cord. Mesenchymal stem cellsderived from Wharton's jelly are also reviewed in Troyer & Weiss(Concise Review: Wharton's Jelly-Derived Cells Are a primitive StromalCell Population. Stem Cells 2008:26:591-599). Kim et al (Ex vivocharacteristics of human amniotic membrane-derived stem cells. CloningStem Cells 2007 Winter; 9(4):581-94, incorporated herein by reference)succeeded in isolating human amniotic membrane-derived mesenchymal cellsfrom human amniotic membranes. Umbilical cord is a tissue that isnormally discarded and stem cells derived from this tissue have tendednot to attract moral or ethical objection.

The present invention includes the use of pluripotent or multipotentstem cells obtained from any of these sources or created by any of thesemethods. In some embodiments, the pluripotent or multipotent cells usedin the methods of the present invention have been obtained by a methodthat does not cause the destruction of an embryo. More preferably insome embodiments, the pluripotent or multipotent cells used in themethods of the present invention have been obtained by a method thatdoes not cause the destruction of a human or mammalian embryo. As such,methods of the invention may be performed using cells that have not beenprepared exclusively by a method which necessarily involves thedestruction of human embryos from which those cells may be derived. Thisoptional limitation is specifically intended to take account of DecisionG0002/06 of 25 Nov. 2008 of the Enlarged Board of Appeal of the EuropeanPatent Office.

Mesenchymal Stem Cells

Mesenchymal stem cells are multipotent progenitor cells having theability to generate cartilage, bone, muscle, tendon, ligament, fat andother connective tissues. They are capable of differentiation into awide variety of cell types, including bone cells (osteoblasts),cartilage cells (chondrocytes), muscle cells (myocytes) and fat cells(adipocytes) (e.g. see Rastegar et al. World Journal of Stem cells 2010Aug. 26; 2(4): 67-80).

These primitive progenitors exist postnatally and exhibit stem cellcharacteristics, namely low incidence and extensive renewal potential.These properties in combination with their developmental plasticity havegenerated tremendous interest in the potential use of mesenchymal stemcells to replace damaged tissues.

Mesenchymal stem cells can be isolated from a range of tissue types,including bone marrow, muscle, fat, dental pulp, adult tissue, fetaltissue, neonatal tissue, and umbilical cord. Mesenchymal stem cells maybe obtained from non-human mammals, or from humans.

Human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells can be isolated and detectedusing selective markers, such as STRO-I, from a CD34+ fractionindicating their potential for marrow repopulation. These cell surfacemarkers are only found on the cell surface of mesenchymal stem cells andare an indication of the cells pluripotency.

Differentiation/Embryoid Bodies

The cultured stem cells may be differentiated into any suitable celltype by using differentiation techniques known to those of skill in theart.

We describe a process for producing differentiated cells, the methodcomprising propagating a stem cell by a method as described herein, andthen differentiating the stem cell in accordance with known techniques.For example, we provide for methods of differentiating to ectoderm,mesoderm and endoderm, as well as to cardiomyocytes, adipocytes,chondrocytes and osteocytes, etc. We further provide embryoid bodies anddifferentiated cells obtainable by such methods. Cell lines made fromsuch stem cells and differentiated cells are also provided.

Methods of differentiating stem cells are known in the art and aredescribed in for example Itskovitz-Eldor (2000) and Graichen et al(2007), Kroon et al (2008) and Hay et al (2008), WO 2007/030870, WO2007/070964, Niebrugge et al (2009), R Passier et al. 2005, P W Burridgeet al. 2006, M A Laflamme et al. 2007, L Yang et al. 2008, and X Q Xu etal. 2008. The cultured stem cells may also be used for the formation ofembryoid bodies. Embryoid bodies, and methods for making them, are knownin the art. The term “embryoid body” refers to spheroid colonies seen inculture produced by the growth of embryonic stem cells in suspension.Embryoid bodies are of mixed cell types, and the distribution and timingof the appearance of specific cell types corresponds to that observedwithin the embryo. Embryoid bodies may be generated by plating outembryonic stem cells onto media such as semi-solid media.Methylcellulose media may be used as described in Lim et al, Blood.1997; 90:1291-1299.

Embryonic stem cells may be induced to form embryoid bodies, for exampleusing the methods described in Itskovitz-Eldor (2000). The embryoidbodies contain cells of all three embryonic germ layers.

The embryoid bodies may be further induced to differentiate intodifferent lineages for example by exposure to the appropriate inductionfactor or an environmental change. Graichen et al (2007) describes theformation of cardiomyocytes from human embryonic stem cells bymanipulation of the p38MAP kinase pathway. Graichen demonstratesinduction of cardiomyocyte formation from stem cells by exposure to aspecific inhibitor of p38 MAP kinase such as SB203580 at less than 10micromolar.

Differentiated cells may be employed for any suitable purpose, such asregenerative therapy, as known in the art.

Stem cells obtained through culture methods and techniques according tothis invention may be used to differentiate into another cell type foruse in a method of medical treatment. Thus, the differentiated cell typemay be derived from a stem cell obtained by the culture methods andtechniques described herein which has subsequently been permitted todifferentiate. The differentiated cell type may be considered as aproduct of a stem cell obtained by the culture methods and techniquesdescribed herein which has subsequently been permitted to differentiate.Pharmaceutical compositions may be provided comprising suchdifferentiated cells, optionally together with a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent. Such pharmaceutical compositionmay be useful in a method of medical treatment.

Differentiation on Microcarriers

In accordance with the present invention stem cells, particularlyembryonic stem cells and iPS, may be induced to differentiate duringsuspension culture on microcarriers.

Embryonic stem cells may be induced to differentiate into the threeprimary germ layers: ectoderm, endoderm and mesoderm and theirderivatives. Embryonic stem cells may be induced to form embryoidbodies. A range of cell types or tissues may therefore be obtained, forexample cardiomyocytes, cardiac mesoderm, hepatocytes, hepatic endoderm,pancreatic islet cells, pancreatic endoderm, insulin producing cells,neural tissue, neuroectoderm, epidermal tissue, surface ectoderm, bone,cartilage, muscle, ligament, tendon or other connective tissue.

Methods for the differentiation of stem cells and the formation ofembryoid bodies are described above, and are applicable to thedifferentiation of stem cells in microcarrier culture.

Methods of differentiation of stem cells during microcarrier culture mayrequire the microcarrier to be coated in a matrix coating as describedabove. For example, suitable coatings may include one or more of:Matrigel, Laminin, Fibronectin, Vitronectin, Hyaluronic Acid.

Methods of differentiation of stem cells during microcarrier culture mayinclude the addition of supplements to the culture media. For example,supplements may include Bovine Serum Albumin, Lipids or Hy-Soy(Sigma-Aldrich—this is an enzymatic hydrolysate of soybean protein).

Methods of differentiation of stem cells during microcarrier culture mayinvolve an initial culture and propagation of the stem cells in either2D culture or in 3D suspension microcarrier culture followed byinduction of differentiation during microcarrier culture.

Methods of differentiation may involve differentiation of cells withoutforming embryoid bodies.

Neural Differentiation

Stem cells can be induced to differentiate to the neural lineage byculture in media containing appropriate differentiation factors. Suchfactors may include one or more of activin A, retinoic acid, basicfibroblast growth factor (bFGF), and antagonists of bone morphogeneticprotein (BMP), such as noggin (Niknejad et al. European Cells andMaterials Vol. 19 2010 pages 22-29).

Cells differentiating towards the neural lineage may be identified byexpression of neural markers, such as Pax6, Nestin, Map2, β-tubulin IIIand GFAP. Cells of the neural lineage may cluster to form neurospheres(which may be nestin-positive cell aggregates), and these may beexpanded by application of selected growth factors such as EGF and/orFGF1 and/or FGF2.

Uses

The methods and compositions described here may be employed for variousmeans.

For example, the particles described here may be provided as researchtools or lab reagents for simpler culture of stem cells. They may beused for expansion of undifferentiated stem cells on microcarriers forgenerating differentiated cells. This could be developed into a contractmanufacturing capability. Stem cells may be expanded and optionallydifferentiated for use in drug testing. The particles or microcarriersmay be labelled for combinatorial differentiation of stem cells indifferent media conditions.

Stem cells propagated by the methods described here may be used for avariety of commercially important research, diagnostic, and therapeuticpurposes. The stem cells may be used directly for these purposes, or maybe differentiated into any chosen cell type using methods known in theart. Progenitor cells may also be derived from the stem cells. Thedifferentiated cells or progenitor cells, or both, may be used in placeof, or in combination with, the stem cells for the same purposes. Thus,any use described in this document for stem cells applies equally toprogenitor cells and differentiated cells derived from the stem cells.Similarly, any uses of differentiated cells will equally apply to thosestem cells for which they are progenitors, or progenitor cells.

The uses for stem cells, etc are generally well known in the art, butwill be described briefly here.

Therapeutic Uses

The methods and compositions described here may be used to propagatestem cells for regenerative therapy. Stem cells may be expanded anddirectly administered into a patient. They may be used for therepopulation of damaged tissue following trauma.

Embryonic stem cells may be used directly, or used to generateectodermal, mesodermal or endodermal progenitor cell populations, forregenerative therapy. Progenitor cells may be made by ex vivo expansionor directly administered into a patient. They may also be used for there-population of damaged tissue following trauma.

Thus, hematopoietic progenitor cells may be used for bone marrowreplacement, while cardiac progenitor cells may be used for cardiacfailure patients. Skin progenitor cells may be employed for growing skingrafts for patients and endothelial progenitor cells for endothelizationof artificial prosthetics such as stents or artificial hearts.

Embryonic stem cells may be used as sources of ectodermal, mesodermal orendodermal progenitor cells for the treatment of degenerative diseasessuch as diabetes, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, etc.Embryonic stem cells may be used as sources of mesodermal or endodermalprogenitors for NK or dendritic cells for immunotherapy for cancer.

The methods and compositions described here enable the production ofectodermal, mesodermal or endodermal progenitor cells, which may ofcourse be made to further differentiate using methods known in the artto terminally differentiated cell types.

Thus, any uses of terminally differentiated cells will equally attach tothose ectodermal, mesodermal or endodermal progenitor cells (or stemcells) for which they are sources.

Stem cells, ectodermal, mesodermal or endodermal progenitor cells anddifferentiated cells produced by the methods and compositions describedhere may be used for, or for the preparation of a pharmaceuticalcomposition for, the treatment of a disease. Such disease may comprise adisease treatable by regenerative therapy, including cardiac failure,bone marrow disease, skin disease, burns, degenerative disease such asdiabetes, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, etc and cancer.

Libraries

For example, populations of undifferentiated and differentiated cellsmay be used to prepare antibodies and cDNA libraries that are specificfor the differentiated phenotype. General techniques used in raising,purifying and modifying antibodies, and their use in immunoassays andimmunoisolation methods are described in Handbook of ExperimentalImmunology (Weir & Blackwell, eds.); Current Protocols in Immunology(Coligan et al., eds.); and Methods of Immunological Analysis (Masseyeffet al., eds., Weinheim: VCH Verlags GmbH). General techniques involvedin preparation of mRNA and cDNA libraries are described in RNAMethodologies: A Laboratory Guide for Isolation and Characterization (R.E. Farrell, Academic Press, 1998); cDNA Library Protocols (Cowell &Austin, eds., Humana Press); and Functional Genomics (Hunt & Livesey,eds., 2000). Relatively homogeneous cell populations are particularlysuited for use in drug screening and therapeutic applications.

Drug Screening

Stem cells and differentiated cells may also be used to screen forfactors (such as solvents, small molecule drugs, peptides,polynucleotides, and the like) or environmental conditions (such asculture conditions or manipulation) that affect the characteristics ofstem cells or differentiated cells.

Stem cells may be used to screen for factors that promote pluripotency,or differentiation. In some applications, differentiated cells are usedto screen factors that promote maturation, or promote proliferation andmaintenance of such cells in long-term culture. For example, candidatematuration factors or growth factors are tested by adding them to cellsin different wells, and then determining any phenotypic change thatresults, according to desirable criteria for further culture and use ofthe cells.

Particular screening applications relate to the testing ofpharmaceutical compounds in drug research. The reader is referredgenerally to the standard textbook “In vitro Methods in PharmaceuticalResearch”, Academic Press, 1997, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,030,015), as wellas the general description of drug screens elsewhere in this document.Assessment of the activity of candidate pharmaceutical compoundsgenerally involves combining the stem cells or differentiated cells withthe candidate compound, determining any change in the morphology, markerphenotype, or metabolic activity of the cells that is attributable tothe compound (compared with untreated cells or cells treated with aninert compound), and then correlating the effect of the compound withthe observed change.

The screening may be done, for example, either because the compound isdesigned to have a pharmacological effect on certain cell types, orbecause a compound designed to have effects elsewhere may haveunintended side effects. Two or more drugs can be tested in combination(by combining with the cells either simultaneously or sequentially), todetect possible drug-drug interaction effects. In some applications,compounds are screened initially for potential toxicity (Castell et al.,pp. 375-410 in “In vitro Methods in Pharmaceutical Research,” AcademicPress, 1997). Cytotoxicity can be determined in the first instance bythe effect on cell viability, survival, morphology, and expression orrelease of certain markers, receptors or enzymes. Effects of a drug onchromosomal DNA can be determined by measuring DNA synthesis or repair.[³H]thymidine or BrdU incorporation, especially at unscheduled times inthe cell cycle, or above the level required for cell replication, isconsistent with a drug effect. Unwanted effects can also include unusualrates of sister chromatid exchange, determined by metaphase spread. Thereader is referred to A. Vickers (PP 375-410 in “In vitro Methods inPharmaceutical Research,” Academic Press, 1997) for further elaboration.

Tissue Regeneration

Stem cells propagated according to the methods and compositionsdescribed here (and differentiated cells derived therefrom) may be usedfor therapy, for example tissue reconstitution or regeneration in anindividual patient in need thereof. The cells may be administered in amanner that permits them to graft to the intended tissue site andreconstitute or regenerate the functionally deficient area.

Propagated stem cells or differentiated cells derived therefrom may beused for tissue engineering, such as for the growing of skin grafts.They may be used for the bioengineering of artificial organs or tissues,or for prosthetics, such as stents.

Differentiated cells may also be used for tissue reconstitution orregeneration in a human patient in need thereof. The cells areadministered in a manner that permits them to graft to the intendedtissue site and reconstitute or regenerate the functionally deficientarea.

For example, the methods and compositions described here may be used tomodulate the differentiation of stem cells. Differentiated cells may beused for tissue engineering, such as for the growing of skin grafts.Modulation of stem cell differentiation may be used for thebioengineering of artificial organs or tissues, or for prosthetics, suchas stents.

In another example, neural stem cells are transplanted directly intoparenchymal or intrathecal sites of the central nervous system,according to the disease being treated. Grafts are done using singlecell suspension or small aggregates at a density of 25,000-500,000 cellsper .mu.L (U.S. Pat. No. 5,968,829). The efficacy of neural celltransplants can be assessed in a rat model for acutely injured spinalcord as described by McDonald et al. (Nat. Med. 5:1410, 1999. Asuccessful transplant will show transplant-derived cells present in thelesion 2-5 weeks later, differentiated into astrocytes,oligodendrocytes, and/or neurons, and migrating along the cord from thelesioned end, and an improvement in gate, coordination, andweight-bearing.

Certain neural progenitor cells are designed for treatment of acute orchronic damage to the nervous system. For example, excitotoxicity hasbeen implicated in a variety of conditions including epilepsy, stroke,ischemia, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer'sdisease. Certain differentiated cells as made according to the methodsdescribed here may also be appropriate for treating dysmyelinatingdisorders, such as Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, multiple sclerosis,leukodystrophies, neuritis and neuropathies. Appropriate for thesepurposes are cell cultures enriched in oligodendrocytes oroligodendrocyte precursors to promote remyelination.

Hepatocytes and hepatocyte precursors prepared using our methods can beassessed in animal models for ability to repair liver damage. One suchexample is damage caused by intraperitoneal injection of D-galactosamine(Dabeva et al., Am. J. Pathol. 143:1606, 1993). Efficacy of treatmentcan be determined by immunohistochemical staining for liver cellmarkers, microscopic determination of whether canalicular structuresform in growing tissue, and the ability of the treatment to restoresynthesis of liver-specific proteins. Liver cells can be used in therapyby direct administration, or as part of a bioassist device that providestemporary liver function while the subject's liver tissue regeneratesitself following fulminant hepatic failure.

Cardiomyocytes may be prepared by inducing differentiation of stem cellsby modulation of the MAP kinase pathway for example with SB203580, aspecific p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, as described in Graichen et al(2007). The efficacy of such cardiomyocytes may be assessed in animalmodels for cardiac cryoinjury, which causes 55% of the left ventricularwall tissue to become scar tissue without treatment (Li et al., Ann.Thorac. Surg. 62:654, 1996; Sakai et al., Ann. Thorac. Surg. 8:2074,1999, Sakai et al., J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg. 118:715, 1999).Successful treatment will reduce the area of the scar, limit scarexpansion, and improve heart function as determined by systolic,diastolic, and developed pressure. Cardiac injury can also be modelledusing an embolization coil in the distal portion of the left anteriordescending artery (Watanabe et al., Cell Transplant. 7:239, 1998), andefficacy of treatment can be evaluated by histology and cardiacfunction. Cardiomyocyte preparations can be used in therapy toregenerate cardiac muscle and treat insufficient cardiac function (U.S.Pat. No. 5,919,449 and WO 99/03973).

Cancer

Stem cells propagated according to the methods and compositionsdescribed here and differentiated cells derived therefrom may be usedfor the treatment of cancer.

The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” refer to or describe thephysiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized byunregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include but are not limitedto, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia.

More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer,small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastric cancer,pancreatic cancer, glial cell tumors such as glioblastoma andneurofibromatosis, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer,bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectalcancer, endometrial carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney cancer,renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepaticcarcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer. Further examplesare solid tumor cancer including colon cancer, breast cancer, lungcancer and prostrate cancer, hematopoietic malignancies includingleukemias and lymphomas, Hodgkin's disease, aplastic anemia, skin cancerand familiar adenomatous polyposis. Further examples include brainneoplasms, colorectal neoplasms, breast neoplasms, cervix neoplasms, eyeneoplasms, liver neoplasms, lung neoplasms, pancreatic neoplasms,ovarian neoplasms, prostatic neoplasms, skin neoplasms, testicularneoplasms, neoplasms, bone neoplasms, trophoblastic neoplasms, fallopiantube neoplasms, rectal neoplasms, colonic neoplasms, kidney neoplasms,stomach neoplasms, and parathyroid neoplasms. Breast cancer, prostatecancer, pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer, lung cancer, malignantmelanoma, leukaemia, lympyhoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer andbiliary tract carcinoma are also included.

Stem cells propagated and optionally differentiated according to themethods and compositions described here may also be used in combinationwith anticancer agents such as endostatin and angiostatin or cytotoxicagents or chemotherapeutic agent. For example, drugs such as adriamycin,daunomycin, cis-platinum, etoposide, taxol, taxotere and alkaloids, suchas vincristine, and antimetabolites such as methotrexate. The term“cytotoxic agent” as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits orprevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells. Theterm is intended to include radioactive isotopes (e.g. I, Y, Pr),chemotherapeutic agents, and toxins such as enzymatically active toxinsof bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or fragments thereof.

Also, the term includes oncogene product/tyrosine kinase inhibitors,such as the bicyclic ansamycins disclosed in WO 94/22867;1,2-bis(arylamino) benzoic acid derivatives disclosed in EP 600832;6,7-diamino-phthalazin-1-one derivatives disclosed in EP 600831;4,5-bis(arylamino)-phthalimide derivatives as disclosed in EP 516598; orpeptides which inhibit binding of a tyrosine kinase to a SH2-containingsubstrate protein (see WO 94/07913, for example). A “chemotherapeuticagent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include Adriamycin, Doxorubicin,5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), Cytosine arabinoside (Ara-C), Cyclophosphamide,Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan,Vinblastine, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mitomycin C,Mitoxantrone, Vincristine, VP-16, Vinorelbine, Carboplatin, Teniposide,Daunomycin, Caminomycin, Aminopterin, Dactinomycin, Mitomycins,Nicotinamide, Esperamicins (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,675,187), Melphalan andother related nitrogen mustards, and endocrine therapies (such asdiethylstilbestrol (DES), Tamoxifen, LHRH antagonizing drugs,progestins, anti-progestins etc).

Further Aspects

We describe a method of propagating human stem cells, the methodcomprising the steps of: (a) providing a first microparticle with ahuman stem cell attached thereto; (b) allowing the first microparticleto contact a second microparticle comprising a second human stem cellattached thereto to form an aggregate; and (c) culturing the aggregate;in which each of the first and the second microparticles comprises amatrix coated thereon and having a positive charge.

We describe a method of propagating human stem cells on a carrier, inwhich the carrier bears a positive charge, is coated with anextracellular matrix component, and is of a size which allows the stemcells to form an aggregate of carriers.

We describe a method of propagating human stem cells, the methodcomprising the steps of: (a) providing a plurality of microparticleswith human stem cells attached thereto, each microparticle comprising apositive charge and a matrix coated thereon; (b) aggregating theplurality of microparticles to form an aggregate; and (c) culturing theaggregate.

We describe a method of propagating human stem cells, the methodcomprising the steps of: (a) providing a microparticle comprising apositive charge and a matrix coated thereon; (b) allowing a human stemcell to attach to the particle; and (c) aggregating microparticles withstem cells attached thereon to thereby propagate the human stem cells.

The following numbered paragraphs (paras.) contain statements of broadcombinations of the inventive technical features herein disclosed:—

1. A particle comprising a matrix coated thereon and having a positivecharge, the particle being of a size to allow aggregation of primate orhuman stem cells attached thereto.

2. A particle according to Paragraph 1, which comprises a substantiallyelongate, cylindrical or rod shaped particle or a substantially compactor spherical shaped particle.

3. A particle according to Paragraph 1 or 2, which comprises asubstantially elongate, cylindrical or rod shaped particle having alongest dimension of between 50 μm and 400 μm.

4. A particle according to Paragraph 3, which comprises a longestdimension of about 200 μm.

5. A particle according to Paragraph 3 or 4, which comprises a shortestdimension of between 20 μm and 30 μm.

6. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, which comprises acellulose cylindrical microcarrier.

7. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, which comprisesDE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman) or QA-52 (Whatman).

8. A particle according to Paragraph 1 or 2, which comprises asubstantially compact or spherical shaped particle having a size ofbetween about 20 μm and about 120 μm.

9. A particle according to Paragraph 8 which has a size of about 64 μm.

10. A particle according to any of Paragraphs 1, 2, 8 and 9, whichcomprises a hydrophilic microcarrier, a hydroxylated methacrylic matrixmicrocarrier or derivatised hydrophilic beaded microcarrier.

11. A particle according to any of Paragraphs 1, 2, 8, 9 and 10, whichcomprises TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh) or Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh).

12. A particle according to Paragraph 1 or 2, in which the particlecomprises a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier.

13. A particle according to Paragraph 12, in which the particlecomprises SM1010 (Blue Membranes) or SH1010 (Blue Membranes).

14. A particle according to any preceding paragraph which is derivatisedto carry a positive charge.

15. A particle according to any preceding paragraph which is coupledwith tertiary amine or quaternary amine at small ion exchange capacityof 1-2 milli-equivalents per gram dry weight material of particle.

16. A particle according to any preceding paragraph which is coupledwith protamine sulphate or poly-L-lysine hydrobromide at a concentrationof up to 20 mg/ml particles.

17. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, in which thepositive charge is between 0.5 to 4 milli equivalent units/ml (mEq).

18. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, in which the matrixis a physiologically relevant matrix that allows growth of the stemcells.

19. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, in which the matrixcomprises an extracellular matrix component.

20. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, in which the matrixis selected from the group consisting of: Matrigel, laminin,fibronectin, vitronectin, hyaluronic acid, hyaluronic acid from bovinevitreous humor, hyaluronic acid sodium from streptococcus, heparansulphate, heparan sulphate from bovine kidney, dextran sulphate, dextransulphate sodium, heparin sulphate and chondroitin sulphate.

21. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, in which the matrixcomprises Matrigel (BD Biosciences).

22. A particle according to any preceding paragraph, which comprises aprimate or human stem cell attached thereto.

23. A method of propagating primate or human stem cells, the methodcomprising:

-   -   (a) providing a first primate or human stem cell attached to a        first particle;    -   (b) providing a second primate or human stem cell attached to a        second particle;    -   (c) allowing the first primate or human stem cell to contact the        second primate or human stem cell to form an aggregate of cells;        and    -   (d) culturing the aggregate to propagate the primate or human        stem cells for at least one passage;    -   in which the first and second particles each comprise a matrix        coated thereon and having a positive charge, the particles being        of a size to allow aggregation of primate or human stem cells        attached thereto.

24. A method according to Paragraph 23, in which the particle or eachparticle comprises a feature as set out in any of Paragraphs 2 to 22.

25. A method according to Paragraph 23 or 24, in which the methodenables primate or human stem cells to be continuously propagated for aplurality of passages.

26. A method according to Paragraph 23, 24 or 25, in which the methodenables primate or human stem cells to be continuously propagated for atleast 5, at least 10, at least 12, at least 13 or at least 14 passages.

27. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 26, in which themethod comprises passaging into or from a 2D colony culture.

28. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 27, in which themethod comprises freezing and thawing the primate or human stem cells.

29. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 28, in which themethod comprises agitation at 30 rpm or more or at 100 rpm or more.

30. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 29, in which themethod comprises propagating primate or human stem cells at a volume of25 ml or more or 50 ml or more.

31. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 30, in which themethod comprises propagating primate or human stem cells in a spinnersuspension culture.

32. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 31, in which thepropagated primate or human stem cells retain at least one biologicalactivity of a primate or human stem cell after the stated number ofpassages.

33. A method according to Paragraph 32, in which the biological activityof a primate or human stem cell is selected from the group consistingof: (i) expression of a pluripotency marker, (ii) cell viability; and(iii) normal karyotype, (iv) ability to differentiate into endoderm,ectoderm and mesoderm.

34. A method according to Paragraph 32 or 33, in which the biologicalactivity of a primate or human stem cell comprises expression of apluripotency marker selected from the group consisting of: OCT-4,SSEA-4, TRA-1-60 and Mab 84.

35. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 34, in which themethod enables primate or human stem cells to be passaged at a splitratio of 1:6 or more, 1:10 or more, 1:15 or more, 1:20 or more or 1:26or more.

36. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 35, in which themethod enables propagation of primate or human stem cells to avolumetric productivity of 2 million cells/ml or more.

37. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 36, in which themethod comprises propagating the primate or human stem cells in serumfree media or stem cell conditioned media.

38. A method according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 37, further comprisingthe step of separating the primate or human stem cells from theparticles.

39. A method for producing a differentiated cell, the method comprisingpropagating a primate or human stem cell according to any of Paragraphs23 to 38, followed by causing the primate or human stem cell todifferentiate.

40. A method for producing an embryoid body, the method comprisingpropagating a primate or human stem cell according to any of Paragraphs23 to 37 and culturing the primate or human stem cell to form anembryoid body.

41. A method of treating a disease in an individual in need oftreatment, the method comprising propagating a primate or human stemcell according to any of Paragraphs 23 to 38, producing a differentiatedcell according to Paragraph 39 or producing an embryoid body accordingto Paragraph 40 and administering the primate or human stem cell,differentiated cell or embryoid body into the individual.

42. A particle or method according to any preceding paragraph, in whichthe primate or human stem cell comprises a primate or human embryonicstem cell, a primate or human adult stem cell or a primate or humaninduced pluripotent stem cell.

43. An aggregate comprising a two or more particles comprising stemcells attached thereto, each according to any of Paragraphs 1 to 22 or42.

44. A cell culture comprising a particle according to any of Paragraphs1 to 22 or 42, or an aggregate according to Paragraph 43.

45. A container comprising a particle according to any of Paragraphs 1to 22 or 42, or an aggregate according to Paragraph 43, together withcell culture media.

46. A device for propagating primate or human stem cells, the devicecomprising a particle according to any of Paragraphs 1 to 22 or 42 or anaggregate according to Paragraph 43.

47. A container according to Paragraph 45 or device according toParagraph 46 which is a bioreactor.

48. A primate or human stem cell propagated by a method according to anyof Paragraphs 23 to 38, a differentiated cell produced by a methodaccording to Paragraph 39 or an embryoid body produced by a methodaccording to Paragraph 40.

49. Use of a particle for the propagation of primate or human stemcells, the particle being selected from the group consisting of: DE-52(Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman), QA-52 (Whatman), TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw (Tosoh)or Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh), SM1010 (Blue Membranes) and SH1010(Blue Membranes).

50. A particle, method, aggregate, cell culture, container, device,primate or human stem cell, differentiated cell substantially ashereinbefore described with reference to and as shown in FIGS. 1 to 50of the accompanying drawings.

51. A method of propagating human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in invitro suspension culture, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching hESCs to a plurality of microcarriers;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarriers from (i) in suspension culture        for a period of time sufficient to expand the number of hESCs;    -   (iii) passaging the expanded population of hESCs from (ii);    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 5 passages,        wherein in each repeat cycle the hESCs of step (i) are obtained        from the passaged cells of step (iii) of the preceding repeat        cycle,

wherein hESCs in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent, andwherein the microcarriers have:

-   -   (a) a compact shape in which the longest dimension is between 90        μm and 10 μm; or    -   (b) an elongate shape,

and wherein the microcarriers are coated in a matrix coating comprisingone or more of Matrigel, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, andhyaluronic acid.

52. The method of paragraph 51 wherein the microcarrier is substantiallyspherical in shape and has a diameter between 90 μm and 10 μm.

53. The method of paragraph 51 wherein the microcarrier is rod shaped.

54. The method of paragraph 51 wherein the microcarrier is rod shapedand has a longest dimension of between 2000 μm to 20 μm.

55. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 54 wherein themicrocarrier is composed of one or more of: plastic, glass, ceramic,silicone, gelatin, dextran, cellulose, hydroxylated methacrylate,polystyrene and/or collagen.

56. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 54 wherein themicrocarrier is a cellulose, dextran or polystyrene microcarrier.

57. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 56 wherein in step (ii)the hESC are expanded to confluency or near confluency.

58. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 57 wherein in step (iv),steps (i)-(iii) are repeated through one of: at least 6 passages, atleast 7 passages, at least 8 passages, at least 9 passages, at least 10passages, at least 11 passages, at least 12 passages, at least 13passages, at least 14 passages, at least 15 passages, at least 16passages, at least 17 passages, at least 18 passages, at least 19passages, at least 20 passages, at least 21 passages, at least 22passages, at least 23 passages, at least 24 passages, at least 25passages, at least 30 passages, at least 40 passages, at least 50passages, at least 60 passages, at least 70 passages, at least 80passages, at least 90 passages, at least 100 passages.

59. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 58 wherein after step (iv)at least 60% of the hESCs in the culture are pluripotent.

60. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 58 wherein after step (iv)at least 90% of the hESCs in the culture are pluripotent.

61. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 60 wherein after step (iv)at least 60% of the hESCs in the culture express one, two or all ofOct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab 84.

62. The method of any one of paragraphs 51 to 60 wherein after step (iv)at least 90% of the hESCs in the culture express one, two or all ofOct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab 84.

63. A method of propagating human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) in invitro suspension culture, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching hESCs to a plurality of microcarriers;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarriers from (i) in suspension culture        for a period of time sufficient to expand the number of hESCs;    -   (iii) passaging the expanded population of hESCs from (ii);    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 5 passages,        wherein in each repeat cycle the hESCs of step (i) are obtained        from the passaged cells of step (iii) of the preceding repeat        cycle,

wherein hESCs in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent, andwherein the microcarriers have:

-   -   (a) a compact shape in which the longest dimension is between 90        μm and 10 μm; or    -   (b) an elongate shape,

and wherein for at least 60% of the cycles of steps (i)-(iii) themicrocarriers are coated in a matrix coating comprising one or more ofMatrigel, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, and hyaluronic acid.

64. The method of paragraph 63 wherein for at least 70% of the cycles ofsteps (i)-(iii) the microcarriers are coated in a matrix coatingcomprising one or both of Matrigel and hyaluronic acid.

65. The method of paragraph 63 wherein for at least 90% of the cycles ofsteps (i)-(iii) the microcarriers are coated in a matrix coatingcomprising one or more of Matrigel, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin,and hyaluronic acid.

The following numbered paragraphs (paras.) contain further statements ofbroad combinations of the inventive technical features hereindisclosed:—

1. A method of culturing stem cells in suspension culture in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        microcarriers is coated in a matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 3 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent.

2. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

3. The method of paragraph 1 or 2 wherein the stem cells are primate orhuman.

4. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 3 wherein steps (i)-(iii)are repeated through at least 5 passages, or at least 7 passages, or atleast 10 passages.

5. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 4 wherein the microcarriersare rod-shaped.

6. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 5 wherein the matrixcomprises an extracellular matrix component.

7. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 5 wherein the matrixcomprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid,laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate,dextran, dextran sulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

8. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 5 wherein the matrixcomprises a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfateproteoglycans, and entactin 1.

9. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 8 wherein the microcarriercomprises or consists of one or more of cellulose, dextran, hydroxylatedmethacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic, glass, ceramic,silicone.

10. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 8 wherein the microcarrieris a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier.

11. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 10 wherein the microcarrieris coupled with protamine or polylysine.

12. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 11 wherein the microcarrieris positively charged.

13. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 12 wherein the microcarrierhas a positive surface charge.

14. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 13 wherein the microcarrieris hydrophilic.

15. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 4 or 6 to 14 wherein themicrocarriers have a substantially spherical shape.

16. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 15 wherein in step (ii) thestem cells are cultured for a period of time sufficient to expand thenumber of stem cells in the culture.

17. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 16 wherein in each repeatcycle the stem cells of step (i) are obtained from the passaged cells ofstep (iii) of the preceding repeat cycle.

18. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 17 wherein in step (iv),steps (i)-(iii) are repeated through one of: at least 4 passages, atleast 5 passages, at least 6 passages, at least 7 passages, at least 8passages, at least 9 passages, at least 10 passages, at least 11passages, at least 12 passages, at least 13 passages, at least 14passages, at least 15 passages, at least 16 passages, at least 17passages, at least 18 passages, at least 19 passages, at least 20passages, at least 21 passages, at least 22 passages, at least 23passages, at least 24 passages, at least 25 passages, at least 30passages, at least 40 passages, at least 50 passages, at least 60passages, at least 70 passages, at least 80 passages, at least 90passages, at least 100 passages.

19. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 18 wherein for at least 60%of the cycles of steps (i)-(iii) the microcarriers are coated in amatrix.

20. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 19 wherein in cycles ofsteps (i)-(iii) the microcarriers are coated in the same matrix.

21. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 20 wherein the matrix isdifferent or absent in first and second consecutive cycles of steps(i)-(iii).

22. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 21 wherein after step (iv)at least 60% of the stem cells in the culture are pluripotent.

23. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 22 wherein after step (iv)at least 60% of the stem cells in the culture express one, two, three orall of Oct4, SSEA4, TRA-1-60 and Mab84.

24. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 23 wherein the methodcomprises culturing the stem cells in serum free media, or stem cellconditioned media, or feeder cell free conditions.

25. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 24 wherein feeder cells arealso attached to the microcarriers.

26. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 24 wherein the culturefurther comprises feeder cells attached to microcarriers which aredifferent to the microcarriers to which the stem cells are attached.

27. Pluripotent stem cells obtained by the method of any one ofparagraphs 1 to 26.

28. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 26 further comprising thestep of inducing differentiation of the stem cells obtained after step(iv).

29. The method of paragraph 28 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

30. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 26 wherein after step (iv)the method comprises the step of separating stem cells from themicrocarriers and culturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrierculture under conditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells.

31. The method of any one of paragraphs 1 to 26 further comprising thedifferentiation of pluripotent stem cells, comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching pluripotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

32. The method of paragraph 31 wherein the first and second matrix arethe same.

33. The method of paragraph 31 wherein the first and second matrix aredifferent.

34. The method of any one of paragraphs 31 to 33 wherein the first andsecond microcarriers are the same.

35. The method of any one of paragraphs 31 to 33 wherein the first andsecond microcarriers are different.

36. The method of any one of paragraphs 31 to 35 wherein the methodfurther comprises:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

37. The method of paragraph 36 wherein the third matrix is different tothe first and second matrix.

38. The method of paragraph 36 wherein the third matrix is the same asone of the first and second matrix.

39. The method of any one of paragraphs 36 to 38 wherein the thirdmicrocarriers are different to the first and second microcarriers.

40. The method of any one of paragraphs 36 to 38 wherein the thirdmicrocarriers are the same as one of the first and second microcarriers.

41. A differentiated cell obtained by the method of any one ofparagraphs 28 to 40.

42. The method of any one of paragraphs 28 to 40 wherein thedifferentiated cells are cultured to form an embryoid body.

43. An embryoid body obtained by the method of paragraph 42.

44. A method of culturing stem cells in suspension culture in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        microcarriers is coated in Matrigel™;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 7 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent,wherein the culture is free of feeder cells, wherein the number of stemcells is expanded between each passage and wherein the stem cells arehuman or primate embryonic stem cells or human or primate inducedpluripotent stem cells.

45. A method of culturing and differentiating stem cells in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of        the first microcarriers is coated in a first matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 3 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent, themethod further comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching pluripotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

46. The method of paragraph 45 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

47. The method of paragraph 45 or 46 wherein the stem cells are primateor human.

48. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 47 wherein themicrocarriers are rod-shaped.

49. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 48 wherein the first andsecond matrix are the same.

50. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 48 wherein the first andsecond matrix are different.

51. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 50 wherein the first andsecond microcarriers are the same.

52. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 50 wherein the first andsecond microcarriers are different.

53. The method of any one of paragraphs 45 to 52 wherein the methodfurther comprises:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

54. The method of paragraph 53 wherein the third matrix is different tothe first and second matrix.

55. The method of paragraph 53 wherein the third matrix is the same asone of the first and second matrix.

56. The method of any one of paragraphs 53 to 55 wherein the thirdmicrocarriers are different to the first and second microcarriers.

57. The method of any one of paragraphs 53 to 55 wherein the thirdmicrocarriers are the same as one of the first and second microcarriers.

58. A method of differentiating stem cells in vitro, comprisingattaching pluripotent stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to formmicrocarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, and culturing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension culture under conditionsthat induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

59. The method of paragraph 58 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

60. The method of paragraph 58 or 59 wherein the stem cells are primateor human.

61. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 60 wherein themicrocarriers are rod-shaped.

62. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 61 wherein the matrixcomprises an extracellular matrix component.

63. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 61 wherein the matrixcomprises one or more of laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, Matrigel™(BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate,dextran, dextran sulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

64. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 61 wherein the matrixcomprises a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfateproteoglycans, and entactin 1.

65. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 64 wherein themicrocarrier comprises or consists of one or more of cellulose, dextran,hydroxylated methacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic,glass, ceramic, silicone.

66. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 64 wherein themicrocarrier is a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier.

67. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 66 wherein themicrocarrier is coupled with protamine or polylysine.

68. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 67 wherein themicrocarrier is positively charged.

69. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 68 wherein themicrocarrier has a positive surface charge.

70. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 69 wherein themicrocarrier is hydrophilic.

71. The method of any one of paragraphs 58 to 60 or 62 to 70 wherein themicrocarriers have a substantially spherical shape.

72. A method of culturing multipotent stem cells in suspension culturein vitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching multipotent stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (ii) are multipotent.

73. The method of paragraph 72 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix.

74. The method of paragraph 72 or 73 further comprising the step ofinducing differentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (ii).

75. The method of paragraph 74 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

76. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 75 wherein after step (ii)the method comprises the step of separating stem cells from themicrocarriers and culturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrierculture under conditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells.

77. A method of culturing multipotent stem cells in suspension culturein vitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching multipotent stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are multipotent.

78. The method of paragraph 77 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix.

79. Multipotent stem cells obtained by the method of any one ofparagraphs 72, 73, 77 or 78.

80. The method of paragraph 77 or 78 further comprising the step ofinducing differentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (iv).

81. The method of paragraph 80 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

82. The method of any one of paragraphs 77 to 81 wherein after step (iv)the method comprises the step of separating stem cells from themicrocarriers and culturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrierculture under conditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells.

83. The method of paragraph 77 further comprising the differentiation ofmultipotent stem cells, comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching multipotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

84. A differentiated cell obtained by the method of any one ofparagraphs 74 to 83.

85. A method of culturing and differentiating multipotent stem cells invitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are multipotent, themethod further comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching multipotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

86. The method of paragraph 85 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a first matrix.

87. A method of differentiating stem cells in vitro, comprisingattaching multipotent stem cells to a plurality of microcarriers to formmicrocarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, and culturing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension culture under conditionsthat induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

88. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 87 wherein the stem cellsare adult stem cells, or multipotent stem cells derived from pluripotentstem cells.

89. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 88 wherein themicrocarriers are rod-shaped.

90. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 89 wherein the matrixcomprises an extracellular matrix component.

91. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 89 wherein the matrixcomprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid,laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate,dextran, dextran sulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

92. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 89 wherein the matrixcomprises a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfateproteoglycans, and entactin 1.

93. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 92 wherein themicrocarrier comprises or consists of one or more of cellulose, dextran,hydroxylated methacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic,glass, ceramic, silicone.

94. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 92 wherein themicrocarrier is a macroporous or microporous carboseed microcarrier.

95. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 94 wherein themicrocarrier is positively charged.

96. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 95 wherein themicrocarrier has a positive surface charge.

97. The method of any one of paragraphs 72 to 96 wherein in step (ii)the stem cells are cultured for a period of time sufficient to expandthe number of stem cells in the culture.

98. The method of any one of paragraphs 77 to 97 wherein in each repeatcycle the stem cells of step (i) are obtained from the passaged cells ofstep (iii) of the preceding repeat cycle.

99. The method of any one of paragraphs 77 to 98 wherein in step (iv),steps (i)-(iii) are repeated through one of: at least 3 passages, atleast 4 passages, at least 5 passages, at least 6 passages, at least 7passages, at least 8 passages, at least 9 passages, at least 10passages, at least 11 passages, at least 12 passages, at least 13passages, at least 14 passages, at least 15 passages, at least 16passages, at least 17 passages, at least 18 passages, at least 19passages, at least 20 passages, at least 21 passages, at least 22passages, at least 23 passages, at least 24 passages, at least 25passages, at least 30 passages, at least 40 passages, at least 50passages, at least 60 passages, at least 70 passages, at least 80passages, at least 90 passages, at least 100 passages.

100. Use of a microcarrier coated in a matrix for the propagation and/ordifferentiation of primate or human stem cells, the microcarrier beingchosen from: DE-52 (Whatman), DE-53 (Whatman), QA-52 (Whatman), TSKgelTresyl-5Pw (Tosoh) or Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (Tosoh), SM1010 (BlueMembranes) and SH1010 (Blue Membranes).

101. The use of paragraph 100 wherein the matrix comprises one or moreof Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid, laminin, fibronectin,vitronectin, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextransulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

102. The use of paragraph 100 wherein the matrix comprises a mixture oflaminin, collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

103. A microcarrier suitable for use in the growth and/ordifferentiation of pluripotent or multipotent cells in in vitrosuspension culture, wherein the microcarrier comprises one or more ofcellulose, dextran, hydroxylated methacrylate, or collagen, and whereinthe microcarrier has an elongate shape and has a longest dimension ofless than about 2000 μm and a shortest dimension of more than about 10μm, and wherein the surface of the microcarrier is coated in a matrix,and wherein one or a plurality of pluripotent or multipotent cells areattached to the matrix coating.

104. The microcarrier of paragraph 103 wherein the microcarrier isrod-shaped.

105. The microcarrier of paragraph 103 or 104 wherein the matrix coatingcomprises one or more of Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences), hyaluronic acid,laminin, or fibronectin.

106. The microcarrier of any one of paragraphs 103 to 105 wherein thecells are pluripotent cells.

107. The microcarrier of any one of paragraphs 103 to 106 wherein thepluripotent cells are primate or human embryonic stem cells, or inducedpluripotent stem cells.

108. The microcarrier of any one of paragraphs 103 to 107 wherein themicrocarrier is positively charged.

109. The microcarrier of any one of paragraphs 103 to 108 wherein themicrocarrier has a positive surface charge.

110. The microcarrier of any one of paragraphs 103 to 109 having alongest dimension of between 50 μm and 400 μm.

111. An aggregate comprising two or more microcarriers havingpluripotent or multipotent cells attached thereto, each according to anyone of paragraphs 103 to 110.

112. Use of a microcarrier according to any one or paragraphs 103 to 110in the culture of pluripotent or multipotent cells in vitro to generatenew cells having pluripotent or multipotent status.

113. Use of a microcarrier according to any one or paragraphs 103 to 110in the in vitro differentiation of pluripotent or multipotent cells.

114. A method of culturing pluripotent or multipotent cells in vitro togenerate new cells having pluripotent or multipotent status, the methodcomprising culturing a microcarrier according to any one or paragraphs103 to 110 under conditions suitable for the generation of new cellshaving pluripotent or multipotent status.

115. A method of differentiating pluripotent or multipotent cells invitro, the method comprising culturing a microcarrier according to anyone or paragraphs 103 to 110 under conditions that induce thedifferentiation of the pluripotent or multipotent cells.

The following numbered paragraphs (paras.) contain further statements ofbroad combinations of the inventive technical features hereindisclosed:—

1. A method of culturing and differentiating stem cells in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of        the first microcarriers is coated in a first matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 3 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent ormultipotent, the method further comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching pluripotent or multipotent stem cells obtained        after step (iv) to a plurality of second microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        second microcarriers is coated in a second matrix or is        uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

2. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

3. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are primate orhuman.

4. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the microcarriers are rod-shaped.

5. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the first and second matrix are thesame.

6. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the first and second matrix aredifferent.

7. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are differentiatedinto cardiomyocytes.

8. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the method further comprises:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

9. A differentiated cell obtained by the method of paragraph 1.

10. A cardiomyocyte obtained by the method of paragraph 1.

11. A method of differentiating stem cells in vitro, comprisingattaching pluripotent or multipotent stem cells to a plurality ofmicrocarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein thesurface of the microcarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, andculturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension cultureunder conditions that induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

12. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

13. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are primate orhuman.

14. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the microcarriers are rod-shaped.

15. The method paragraph 11 wherein the matrix comprises one or more oflaminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences),hyaluronic acid, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextransulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

16. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the matrix comprises a mixture oflaminin, collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

17. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the microcarrier comprises orconsists of one or more of cellulose, dextran, hydroxylatedmethacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic, glass, ceramic,silicone.

18. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are differentiatedinto cardiomyocytes.

19. A differentiated cell obtained by the method of paragraph 11.

20. A cardiomyocyte obtained by the method of paragraph 11.

The following numbered paragraphs (paras.) contain further statements ofbroad combinations of the inventive technical features hereindisclosed:—

1. A method of culturing and differentiating stem cells in vitro, themethod comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of first microcarriers        to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of        the first microcarriers is coated in a first matrix;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are pluripotent ormultipotent, the method further comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching pluripotent or multipotent stem cells obtained        after step (iv) to a plurality of second microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        second microcarriers is coated in a second matrix or is        uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells to the neural cell lineage.

2. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

3. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are human orprimate.

4. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the microcarriers are rod-shaped.

5. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the first and second matrix are thesame.

6. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the first and second matrix aredifferent.

7. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the stem cells are differentiatedinto neural precursors, neurons, or astrocytes.

8. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the method further comprises:

-   -   (vii) attaching differentiated stem cells obtained from        step (vi) to a plurality of third microcarriers to form        microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the        third microcarriers is coated in a third matrix or is uncoated;        and    -   (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (vii)        in suspension culture under conditions that induce the further        differentiation of the differentiated stem cells.

9. A differentiated cell of the neural lineage obtained by the method ofparagraph 1.

10. A neural precursor cell, neuron, or astrocyte obtained by the methodof paragraph 1.

11. A method of differentiating stem cells in vitro, comprisingattaching pluripotent or multipotent stem cells to a plurality ofmicrocarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein thesurface of the microcarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, andculturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension cultureunder conditions that induce the differentiation of the stem cells tocells of the neural cell lineage.

12. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stemcells, or induced pluripotent stem cells.

13. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are human orprimate.

14. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the microcarriers are rod-shaped.

15. The method paragraph 11 wherein the matrix comprises one or more oflaminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, Matrigel™ (BD Biosciences),hyaluronic acid, collagen, elastin, heparan sulphate, dextran, dextransulphate, chondroitin sulphate.

16. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the matrix comprises a mixture oflaminin, collagen I, heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and entactin 1.

17. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the microcarrier comprises orconsists of one or more of cellulose, dextran, hydroxylatedmethacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic, glass, ceramic,silicone.

18. The method of paragraph 11 wherein the stem cells are differentiatedinto neural precursors, neurons, or astrocytes.

19. A differentiated cell of the neural lineage obtained by the methodof paragraph 11.

20. A neural precursor cell, neuron, or astrocyte obtained by the methodof paragraph 11.

The following numbered paragraphs (paras.) contain further statements ofbroad combinations of the inventive technical features hereindisclosed:—

1. A method of culturing mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) in suspensionculture in vitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching mesenchymal stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-mesenchymal stem cell complexes        in suspension culture.

2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein stem cells in the culture afterstep (ii) are multipotent.

3. The method of paragraph 1 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix.

4. The method of paragraph 1 further comprising the step of inducingdifferentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (ii).

5. The method of paragraph 1 further comprising the step of inducingdifferentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (ii) towards theosteogenic lineage, or into bone cells or bone precursor cells.

5. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

6. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells towards the osteogenic lineage, orinto bone cells or bone precursor cells.

7. The method of paragraph 1 wherein after step (ii) the methodcomprises the step of separating stem cells from the microcarriers andculturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrier culture underconditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells.

8. The method of paragraph 1 wherein after step (ii) the methodcomprises the step of separating stem cells from the microcarriers andculturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrier culture underconditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells towards theosteogenic lineage, or into bone cells or bone precursor cells.

9. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the mesenchymal stem cells arefetal mesenchymal stem cells.

10. The method of paragraph 1 wherein the mesenchymal stem cells arehuman mesenchymal stem cells.

11. Mesenchymal stem cells obtained by the method of paragraph 1.

12. A method of culturing mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) in suspensionculture in vitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching mesenchymal stem cells to a plurality of        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are multipotent.

13. The method of paragraph 12 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a matrix.

14. The method of paragraph 12 further comprising the step of inducingdifferentiation of the stem cells obtained after step (iv).

15. The method of paragraph 12 wherein the method comprises placing themicrocarrier-stem cell complexes under conditions which induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells.

16. The method of paragraph 12 wherein after step (iv) the methodcomprises the step of separating stem cells from the microcarriers andculturing the separated stem cells in non-microcarrier culture underconditions which induce differentiation of the stem cells.

17. The method of paragraph 12 further comprising the differentiation ofthe multipotent stem cells, comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching multipotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

18. A method of culturing and differentiating mesenchymal stem cells invitro, the method comprising:

-   -   (i) attaching mesenchymal stem cells to a plurality of first        microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes;    -   (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in        suspension culture;    -   (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and    -   (iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through at least 2 passages,

wherein stem cells in the culture after step (iv) are multipotent, themethod further comprising:

-   -   (v) attaching multipotent stem cells obtained after step (iv) to        a plurality of second microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem        cell complexes, wherein the surface of the second microcarriers        is coated in a second matrix or is uncoated; and    -   (vi) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in        suspension culture under conditions that induce the        differentiation of the stem cells.

19. The method of paragraph 18 wherein in (i) the surface of themicrocarriers is coated in a first matrix.

20. A method of differentiating mesenchymal stem cells in vitro,comprising attaching mesenchymal stem cells to a plurality ofmicrocarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein thesurface of the microcarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated, andculturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes in suspension cultureunder conditions that induce the differentiation of the stem cells.

EXAMPLES Introduction to Examples and Experimental Results

We have developed a facile and robust platform technology using avariety of rod shaped and spherical microcarriers with differentextracellular matrix coatings (e.g. matrigel, laminin and hyaluronicacid), which are able to support the continuous propagation ofundifferentiated hESC in 3-dimensional suspension cultures. Microcarriercultures typically achieved 2 to 4-fold higher cell densities than infeeder-free 2D colony cultures. Stable, continuous propagation of twohESC lines on microcarriers has been demonstrated in conditioned mediafor 6 months. Microcarrier cultures were also demonstrated in two serumfree defined media (StemPro and mTeSR1). Microcarrier cultures achievedeven higher cell concentrations in suspension spinner flasks, thusopening the prospect of propagation in controlled bioreactors.

We demonstrate robust, serial culture and passaging of hESC onmicrocarriers while retaining their pluripotent markers. Growth kineticsand metabolism of microcarrier cultures (MC) were compared with 2Dcolony cultures and suspension MC of hESC was demonstrated with 2 celllines. We also demonstrate the differentiation of hESC intocardiomyocytes whilst in microcarrier suspension culture.

We have demonstrated that matrigel coated cellulose microcarriers, like2D colony cultures, allow simple and routine passaging of hESC withoutdifferentiation. This passaging can be performed easily by bothmechanical dissociation (by passing through a 100 micron mesh or bymanual pipetting) and enzymatic dissociation (TrypLE enzyme orcollagenase) methods. Microcarriers can be seeded directly from 2Dcolony cultures or reseeded from MC to 2D colony cultures. Theexpressions of the 3 canonical markers of pluripotency, Oct4, SSEA4 andTRA-1-60, after passaging of HES-3 cells by these methods are equivalentto the control 2D colony culture (FIG. 152), the cell densities achievedin microcarrier passaged by mechanical or enzymatic methods weresimilar.

After mechanical passage of hESC the cells rapidly colonised the nakedmicrocarriers on day 1 and become fully confluent cell-microcarrieraggregates on day 6. Histological analysis of microcarriers show thathESC form multi-layers of cells on the microcarriers and all of thecells stained positive for TRA-1-60. When hESC microcarriers werereplated onto 2D colony culture, they spread onto the matrigel coatedsurface and increase in cell density by 4-fold over 7 days, with greaterthan 90% viability and continue to express the 3 stem cell markers,Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60. After 9 weeks of continuous passaging, hESCstill retained high expression levels of these pluripotent markers andtypically achieved 1.2 to 1.8 million cells/ml in a 6-well plate withviability above 90%. Normal karyotype of MC propagated in conditionedmedia up to 25 passages (6 months) was demonstrated for 2 cell lines(HES-2 and HES3).

The karyotype for HES-2 and HES-3 at passage 14 and 25 respectively,remains normal. Microcarriers retained their ability to differentiateinto embryoid bodies with cells expressing genes from the ectoderm,mesoderm and endoderm and also formed teratomas in SCID mice withtissues representing the 3 germ layers.

Growth kinetics and metabolism of MC in conditioned media were comparedwith conventional 2D colony cultures. The 2D colony cultures typicallyattained maximal confluent cell density of 0.8 million cells/ml (or 4million cells/well in a 6-well plate) by day 5. Whereas MC continuedgrowing, reaching twice the cell densities of 1.6 million cells/ml byday 7, due to the increased surface area available for 3D growth as cellmicrocarrier aggregates. Daily glucose and glutamine consumption andlactate and ammonium production levels were similar for both cultures.However, the specific metabolite consumption rates and waste productionrates were about 50% lower for microcarriers due to the high cellnumbers achieved compared to 2D colony cultures indicating a moreefficient metabolism in the former. We have routinely propagatedmicrocarriers beyond 23 passages which were typically passaged weekly ata split ratio of 1:10, maintaining over 90% viability, compared to 1:4for 2D colony cultures.

Furthermore, HES-3 cells were adapted to grow in mTeSR1 and StemPROserum free media on microcarriers beyond 20 passages (5 months). Normalkaryotypes were observed at passage 19 and 20 respectively andpluripotent markers were maintained.

Growth kinetics of hESC in a 50 ml spinner flask MC, furtherdemonstrated that HES-3 cells achieved a superior density of 3.5 millioncells/ml compared to the static microcarrier (1.5 million cells/ml) andthe 2D colony (0.8 million cells/ml) cultures. The doubling time of 21hours (specific growth rate of 0.033 hr−1) was also faster in thespinner flask culture compared to the typical doubling times of 30 hoursfor the static microcarriers and 33 hours for the 2D colony culture. Thefaster cell growth in spinner cultures may be attributed to betteroxygen transfer in the agitated environment.

To assess long term suspension culture, a second hESC line, HES-2 wasalso passaged continuously for 7 weeks in 6-well plates as static andagitated MC and compared to the 2D colony control. Both static andagitated microcarriers achieved significantly higher maximum celldensities than the 2D colony culture. Pluripotent markers of Oct4,TRA-1-60 and SSEA4 continue to be robustly expressed in the static andagitated microcarriers compared to the control.

Despite the progress in automation technologies, the limitation ofgrowing ESC on surfaces is that the increase in cell density isrestricted to the available area. Therefore for therapeuticapplications, where very large volumes of cell cultures may eventuallybe required, in liters per batch production run, it is necessary todevelop bioprocesses which do not scale on 2D culture surfaces butrather in 3D environments such as in suspension bioreactors.

Until now, expansion of undifferentiated human ESCs on microcarriers hasproved to be more difficult than for mouse ESCs. We report for the firsttime, a facile and robust method for maintaining undifferentiated humanembryonic stem cells (hESC) in 3-dimensional (3D) suspension cultures onmatrigel coated microcarriers which achieved 2 to 4-fold higher celldensities than in 2-dimensional (2D) colony cultures. Stable, continuouspropagation of hESC on microcarriers has been demonstrated inconditioned media and two serum free defined media (StemPro and mTeSR1).

Based on the spinner flask data, microcarriers achieved even higher cellconcentrations and has the potential to enable facile expansion of hESCin larger volumes instead of expansion on surfaces. For example, a 100ml suspension culture can produce the equivalent of 175 organ culturedishes of hESC. In future, it would also be possible to further optimizethese cultures by controlling parameters such as pH, dissolved O₂ andfeeding strategies in bioreactors.

We have also broadened the use of these microcarriers for other celllines such as human iPS cells and differentiation of hESC. Thedevelopment of a scalable bioprocess for cardiomyocyte production on amicrocarrier suspension culture platform was also investigated. Mediumreformulation and cell aggregate formation were identified as importantparameters in our preliminary studies. The bSFS medium (serum andinsulin free medium supplemented with 5 μM of a p38 inhibitor definedpreviously by Zweigert et al.) was supplemented with BSA, Hy-Soy, lipidmixture or yeastolate. The enriched medium enhances cell growth andactivity, significantly increases the fold of cell expansion, andimproves the differentiation efficiency of this platform, achieving upto 60% of beating aggregates. To improve cell attachment on the carriersurface, several extracellular matrixes have been evaluated (uncoated,vitronectin, laminin, fibronectin, and matrigel). The most efficientdifferentiation results were obtained when carriers were coated withlaminin or fibronectin (up to 70% of beating aggregates in both cases).These results support the use of 3-dimensional microcarrier suspensionculture as a scalable cardiomyocyte production platform.

In summary, we have demonstrated that 3D microcarriers can be a simple,stable and robust alternative method of culturing hESC instead of 2Dcolony cultures. Microcarriers will be amenable to scale up ascontrolled bioprocesses in bioreactors, and also facilitate directeddifferentiation of hESC.

Example 1 Suspension Culture of Human Embryonic Stem Cells

We demonstrate the use of several types of microcarriers that supportthe growth of hESC in an undifferentiated state. The main findings arehighlighted in FIGS. 1 to 5.

The following 3 classes of microcarriers (see FIG. 1) have been testedwhich are capable of growing hESC in 3D, namely: rod shaped, cellulosemicrocarriers (DE52, DE53 and Q53); small, spherical Tosoh hydrophilicmicrocarriers (10 and 65 microns in diameter); large, spherical,microporous and macroporous carboseed microcarriers.

FIG. 2 shows the work flow of microcarrier cultures. Conventional 2Dcolony cultures can be passaged onto microcarriers by 2 sets of methods,mechanical dissociation, e.g. using a cell scraper or pipette, or byenzymatic dissociation, e.g. collagenase harvested clumps or trypLEharvested single cells. These microcarrier cultures can further bepassaged onto other microcarriers by mechanical dissociation, e.g. usinga pipette, sieving through either 100 micron or 500 micron sieves, or byenzymatic dissociation, e.g. collagenase or trypLE harvested clumps.

FIG. 3 shows that microcarrier cultures can be transferred back to 2Dcolony cultures or continually passaged on microcarriers at much highersplit ratios of greater than 1 to 10 (in extreme cases up to 1 to 26ratio) compared to the typical split ratio of 1:4 to 1:5 when passagingfrom 2D colony cultures to colony cultures. Microcarrier cultures havebeen passaged for at least 12 passages (currently the cells have beenpassaged for 13 passages so far). Characterisation of these cultures incomparison to control 2D colony cultures based on cell numbers,viability, flow cytometry of pluripotent markers, histology andkaryotype will be shown in the following figures. The cultured cells arecapable of differentiation into embryoid bodies and formation ofteratomas.

FIG. 4 shows a work flow of the freezing of hESC. Conventional 2D colonycultures are frozen and these cells are subsequently thawed and seededdirectly onto microcarriers. Resulting cultures retained a highviability and expressed pluripotent markers. hESC grown on microcarriersare also frozen together with the microcarriers. Upon subsequent thawingthey are able to continue to propagate as microcarrier cultures.

Measurements of the growth kinetics and metabolism of hESC such asglucose and glutamine consumption, lactate and ammonia production, pHand amino acid consumption/production are performed in microcarriercultures supplemented with feeder conditioned media, as shown in FIG. 5.

These parameters are compared with the control 2D colony cultures.Similarly, growth kinetics and metabolism of hESC are measured in 2commercially available serum free media, StemPro and mTeSR-1. Thesemedia are more amenable for reformulation to achieve better growth bycontrolling the concentrations of major energy sources such as glucoseand glutamine thereby reducing dramatic pH drops at the end of thecultures. To date, hESC on microcarriers have been grown for >5 passagesin these 2 serum free media, while retaining their pluripotent markers.

Besides the conventional matrigel coatings on microcarriers, othercoatings are also tested such as hyaluronic acid, heparan sulphate,dextran sulphate, heparin sulphate and chondroitin sulphate, to whichhESC are able to attach and grow. Microcarrier cultures are alsoagitated at 100 and 150 rpm and passaged to determine if they couldretain their pluripotent markers.

Microcarriers of different charges DE52, DE53 and Q53 are all able togrow hESC. Furthermore, Carboseed, microporous and macroporous carbonmicrocarriers are able to support the growth of hESC.

Spherical, hydrophilic microcarriers (Tosoh) of different diameters (10and 65 microns) are coated with different charges. Co-cultures ofimmortal feeders with hESC are also demonstrated to allow pluripotentexpansion of hESC. Microcarrier cultures are also scaled up from 5 mlstatic cultures to larger 50 ml spinner cultures and their growthkinetics are followed.

Example 2 Human Embryonic Stem and Human iPS Cell Lines

Human embryonic stem cell lines, HES-2 (46X, X), and HES-3 (46X, X) areobtained from ES Cell International. The cells are frozen and stored inliquid nitrogen as a suspension of 200×200 μm cell clumps obtained from2D colony culture or as cell-microcarrier aggregates obtained frommicrocarrier cultures. Human iPS cells (iMR90) were obtained from J.Thomson (University of Wisconsin)

Example 3 Microcarriers: Cellulose Cylindrical Microcarriers

DE-52, DE-53 and QA-52 microgranular cylindrical shape anion exchangechromatography matrices (Whatman) are used as microcarriers for cellpropagation.

DE-52 and DE-53 microcarriers are charged with tertiary amines (DEAE) atsmall ion exchange capacity of 1 and 2 milli-equivalents per gram drymaterial respectively.

QA-52 microcarriers are charged with quaternary amine (QAE) at small ionexchange capacity of 1 milli-equivalent per gram dry material. Themicrocarriers are equilibrated with Ca²⁺Mg²⁺ free Phosphate BufferedSaline (pH=7.2) and sterilized by autoclaving in batches of 5 grams per100 ml.

Matrigel coated microcarriers are prepared by overnight incubation of 20mg microcarrier in 4 ml of matrigel solution (diluted 1:30) at 4° C.Coating of microcarriers with negatively charged polymers is done byovernight incubation (4° C.) of microcarriers in polymer solutions.

20 mg of microcarriers to the following polymer solutions are tested. 1ml of 0.5 mg/ml hyaluronic acid from bovine vitreous humor solution; 1.5ml 2 mg/ml of hyaluronic sodium from streptococcus solution; 1 ml 0.25mg/ml heparan sulphate from bovine kidney; 1 ml 0.25 mg/ml heparansulphate fast moving fraction from porcine intestinal mucosa; 1.5 mldextran sulphate sodium (MW=500,000); 410 mg/ml of hyaluronic acidsodium salt from streptococcus at dilution factors of 1:10, 1:20, 1:40and 1:80; 200 mg/ml of Heparin sodium salt at dilution factors of 1:10,1:20, 1:40 and 1:80 and 7.09 mg/ml of chondroitin sulphate a sodium frombovine trachea at dilution factors of 1:10, 1:20, 1:40 and 1:80. Allcoatings materials are purchased from Sigma.

Example 4 Microcarriers: Derivatized Hydrophilic Beaded Microcarriers

TSKgel Tresyl-5Pw and Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 (TOSOH Bioscience LLC,Montgomeryville, Pa., USA) having inert hydrophilic hydroxylatedmethacrylic matrix, tresyl active group and bead diameter of 10 and 65μm respectively are used as the base for microcarrier preparation.

Coupling of proteins to the beads are done according to the manufacturerinstructions. Protamine sulphate (Sigma, Catalogue number P3369),Poly-L-lysine hydrobromide (Sigma, Catalogue number P1399 or P5899) atconcentrations ranging from 0 to 20 mg/ml beads are coupled to the beadsin order to generate various degree of charging.

Matrigel is coupled to the beads at a concentration of 0.5 ml per ml ofbeads. After coupling the beads are blocked by Tris buffer.Sterilization of the beads is done by gamma radiation (8 minutesexposure at radiation doses between 7 to 10 kGreys/hr).

Example 5 Microcarriers: Carboseed Microcarriers

SM1010 (1 mm) microporous and SH1010 (1 mm) macroporous, bio-inert,turbostratic carbon microcarriers (Blue Membranes GmbH, Wiesbaden,Germany; also Cinvention AG, Nano-Composite Systems. Rheingaustr.190-196, 65203 Wiesbaden, Germany) are used for hESC culture.Microcarriers are sterilized using 70% of Ethanol and UV light.

After sterilization, microcarriers are incubated with sterile water,which is changed daily to remove all shedding carbon particles. After 7days, some microcarriers will sink due to degassing and some will float.The sunken microcarriers are coated with matrigel or fibronectin andseeded with hESC in 24-well plates.

All microcarriers are washed with growth medium prior to their use.

Example 6 Cell Culture: Conditioned Medium (CM)

For preparation of mouse embryonic fibroblast conditioned medium(MEF-CM), gelatin treated culture dishes are seeded with 1.4×10⁵ cellscm⁻² of the mitomycin-C treated immortalized ΔE-MEF in F-DMEM media (90%DMEM high glucose supplemented with 10% FBS, 2 mM L-glutamine and 25U/ml penicillin and 25 μmg/ml streptomycin, Invitrogen) as describedpreviously (Choo et al, 2006). After 24 h, the media is changed toKNOCKOUT (KO) medium, which contained 85% KO-DMEM supplemented with 15%KO serum replacer, 1 mM L-glutamine, 1% non-essential amino acids and0.1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and 4-8 ng ml⁻¹ of basic fibroblast growthfactor (Invitrogen). The CM is collected every 24 h after KO medium isadded into the dish. The CM is filtered (0.22 μm) and supplemented withan additional 8 ng ml⁻¹ of recombinant human basic fibroblast growthfactor (Invitrogen).

Example 7 Cell Culture: 2D Colony Culture

Cells are cultured at 37° C./5% CO₂ on Matrigel-coated culture dishes(incubated at 4° C. overnight with matrigel (Becton Dickinson), dilutedin cold KO-DMEM, 1:30 dilution). Cells are routinely maintained in organculture dishes (OCD) with 1 ml of media. Experiments comparing 2D colonycultures with microcarrier cultures are carried out in 6 well disheswith 5 mls of media.

The media used are either CM from MEF feeders (described above), StemProhESC serum free media (Invitrogen) or mTeSR-1 serum free media (CellTechnologies). Medium is changed daily. The static colony cultures arepassaged weekly either by enzymatic treatment with collagenase (Choo etal, 2004) or trypLE Express (Invitrogen) or by mechanical dissectionusing the StemPro EZPassage Stem Cell Passaging Tool (Invitrogen)

Example 8 Cell Culture: 3D Microcarrier Cultures

Cells suspension obtained either from dispersed 2D colony culture ordirectly from liquid nitrogen storage (200×200 μm tissue obtained from2D colony culture or as cell-microcarriers aggregates) are seeded atconcentrations of 0.1-0.3×10⁶/ml on microcarrier suspension (4 mg/ml).

In some experiments, in order to ensure more homogeneous culture, thecell inoculum is screened through 100 and 500 μm mesh sieve before itsaddition to the microcarrier suspension. Cells are cultured at 37° C./5%CO₂ on non attachment 6 well dishes (Corning) in static condition oragitated at 100 or 150 rpm (IKA Orbital Shaker). The media used areeither MEF-CM or defined media. Medium is changed daily.

The cultures are passaged weekly following either enzymatic treatmentwith collagenase or trypLE or following mechanical dissociating byrepeated pipetting at a split ratio of 1:2 to 1:10. Replating ofmicrocarrier cultures to 2D colony culture is done by placing confluentcell-microcarrier aggregates on matrigel coated 6 cm tissue culturepetridish with 8 mls of media, and culturing the cells for 7 days.

All microcarrier and 2D colony cultures have matrigel coating on thesurfaces unless otherwise stated and are carried out in 6 well plateswith daily exchange of 5 mls of media.

Example 9 Growth Kinetics, Metabolism and Doubling Times

Cell growth is monitored by counting the cells adhering to themicrocarriers using the nuclei count method. Single cell suspensions ofhESC culture (following treatment with 0.25% trypsin-EDTA, Invitrogen,or TrypLE Express and passed through 40 micron mesh screen) are used fordetermining cell viability (trypan blue exclusion method) and for Flowcytometry analysis.

Graphs of cell number versus time are plotted in order to estimate thespecific growth rate of cells during the exponential growth phase. Fromthis, the doubling time (t_(d)) is calculated using the followingequation, t_(d)=ln(2)/μ where μ is the specific growth rate (hr⁻¹)Glucose, glutamine, lactic acid and ammonium concentration (NovaBioprofile 100 Plus) amino acid concentration (Shimadzu Prominence HPLC)and pH is measured daily in supernatant samples for monitoring cellmetabolism.

Example 10 Flow Cytometry

Expression levels of extracellular antigens SSEA-4, TRA-1-60 andintracellular transcription factor, Oct-4 in hESC populations areassessed by immunofluorescence using flow cytometry. Cells are harvestedas single cell suspensions using trypsin or trypLE express, filteredthrough a 40 μm sieve (BD) fixed, permeabilised (Caltag Laboratories)and incubated with primary antibodies to SSEA-4 (1:1 dilution,Developmental Studies Hybridomas Bank, MC-813-70), TRA-1-60 (1:50dilution, Chemicon, MAB4360/4381) and to Oct-4 (1:20 dilution, SantaCruz).

Cells are then washed with 1% BSA/PBS, and incubated in the dark with a1:500 dilution of goat α-mouse antibody FITC-conjugated (DAKO). Afterincubation, the cells are again washed and resuspended in 1% BSA/PBS foranalysis on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson FACS Calibur). All incubationsare performed at room temperature for 15 min.

Example 11 In Vitro Differentiation

To induce hESC differentiation in vitro, HES-2 and HES-3 cells areharvested as clumps and cultured as embryoid bodies (EB) for 8 days inEB-medium (80% KO-DMEM, 20% FCS, 25 U/ml penicillin, 25 μg/mlstreptomycin, 2 mM L-glutamine, 0.1 mM NEAA, and 0.1 mM2-mercaptoethanol) on non-adherent suspension culture dishes (Corning).

Subsequently, the EB are dissociated with trypsin and plated ongelatinized culture dishes in EB-medium for an additional 14 days.

Example 12 RNA Isolation and Reverse Transcription PCR (RT-PCR)

Total RNA is isolated from hESC using NucleoSpin RNA II Kit fromMacherey Nagel and quantified by ultraviolet spectrophotometry(Nanodrop) Standard reverse transcription reactions are performed with 1μg total RNA using oligo dT primers and ImProm II reverse transcriptase(Promega).

The PCR is carried out using primers specific to alpha-feto protein(AFP), amylase, neurofilament heavy chain (NFH), keratin-15, heart andneural crest derivatives 1 (HAND1) and Msh homeo box homolog 1 (MSX1),which represents differentiation markers from the 3 germ layers. Thecycling parameters used for amplification are 30 cycles of 95° C. for 30sec, 60° C. for 30 sec and 72° C. for 30 sec. This is followed by afinal extension at 72° C. for 10 min.

The amplified products are visualized on 1% agarose gels and stainedwith ethidium bromide.

Example 13 SCID Mouse Models

Four to five million cells from either 2D cultures, replated orsuspension 3D microcarrier aggregates are harvested by mechanicaldissociation, resuspended in PBS and injected with a sterile 22G needleinto the rear leg muscle of 4 week old female SCID mice.

Animals that develop tumours about 9-10 weeks after injection aresacrificed and the tumours are dissected and fixed in 10% formalin.Tumours are embedded in paraffin, sectioned and examined histologicallyafter hematoxylin and eosin staining.

Example 14 Karyotyping

Actively growing cultures of hESC are arrested in the metaphase stagefollowing incubation with colcemid solution diluted in 1 ml KO-mediumfor 15-16 h at 37° C./5% CO₂. Cytogenetics analysis is outsourced to theCytogenetics Laboratories at the KK Women's and Children's Hospital,Singapore.

Example 15 Spinner Cultures

hESC is seeded to a siliconised (Sigmacote, SL2 Sigma-Aldrich) 100 mlBellco spinner flask at a density of 3×10⁵ cells/ml to 5 mg/ml ofmicrocarriers, in an initial volume of 25 ml without agitation inside acontrolled incubator with 37° C. and 5% CO₂.

The reactor volume is increased to 50 ml with fresh conditioned mediumand agitated at 30 rpm, 12 h after inoculation. 80% of the spent mediumis removed daily and replaced with fresh conditioned medium. Dailysamples are taken for cell counts and metabolite analysis.

Example 16 Seeding of hESC Cultures, Passaging and Quality Control

2D colony cultures seeded on microcarriers expressed pluripotent markersand showed high viability (data not shown), which are subsequentlypassaged onto microcarriers. hESC (HES-3 cell line) microcarriercultures which have been passed through 100 or 500 micron sieves andreseeded on microcarriers retain high expression of the pluripotentmarkers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after 7 days of culture.

FIG. 6A shows the expression of markers for the 100 micron sievetreatment. Similarly, hESC on microcarriers which have been mechanicallydissociated by pipetting followed by seeding on new microcarriers at1:10 dilution, also show high expression of pluripotent markers Oct-4,SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 after 7 days of culture (FIG. 6B).

Enzymatic dissociation of hESC from microcarriers by trypLE show similarlevels of Oct-4 expression as the control 2D colony cultures (about 60%)and high levels of SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 expression after 7 days ofculture achieving about 4 million cells in 5 mls per well of a 6 wellplate (FIG. 6C and FIG. 6D). Viability of the cells passaged by bothmethods are >90% (data not shown).

Visual observation of microcarriers after 7 days, show that hESC formlarge clusters of aggregates. Note that there are no differentiatedcystic regions in these aggregates in FIG. 7A shown at the 2 differentmagnifications. Typical control 2D colony cultures after 7 days areshown on the left, showing complete coverage of the plate (FIG. 7A).

FIG. 7B shows the efficient attachment of hESC on day 1 and spreading tocolonise the cellulose microcarriers after 6 days at two magnifications.

FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B show that pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 andTRA-1-60 are expressed at greater than 80% to 90% at passage 5 and 9respectively for hESC grown on microcarriers, showing that culture onthis new platform is stable.

FIG. 8C, FIG. 8D and FIG. 8E show another set of repeated experiments ofhESC passaged on microcarriers indicating that they stably expresspluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 (>80-90% for all markers)at passage 4 and 6 compared to the 2D colony control cultures.Typically, total cell numbers per 6 well plate achieved in microcarrierscultures are 7 to 8 million per well compared to only 2 to 4 million perwell in 2D colony control cultures.

Histological analysis of microcarrier cultures in FIG. 9 shows that thehESC are growing around the cellulose beads (dark objects in phasecontrast). DAPI (blue) stains the nuclei of the cells, while thepluripotent surface marker, TRA-1-60 (red) is expressed by the hESC onthe microcarriers. The first 2 rows shows hESC grown on matrigel coatedmicrocarriers and MEF-CM where cells are well distributed around themicrocarriers and strongly express TRA-1-60, and the last 2 rows showhESC grown on native microcarriers without matrigel coating in MEF-CMmedia where TRA-1-60 is less strongly expressed.

FIG. 10A shows that hESC can be replated from microcarriers to 2D colonycultures and retain high expression levels of the pluripotent markersOct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60, (>95%). Cells from the microcarriers spreadout and colonise the surface and achieved 20 million cells on a matrigelcoated 6 cm tissue culture petridish (FIG. 10B).

Example 17 Freezing of hESC Cultures

FIG. 11A shows that frozen hESC colonies can be thawed directly ontomicrocarriers which quickly capture the cells. After 7 days, the cellsexpress high levels of Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 and reach about 4.2million cells in 5 mls per well of a 6 well plate.

Alternatively, hESC can be frozen on the microcarriers and also thawed.In this case, because of partial cell death post thawing hESC arecultured for a longer period of time (14 days) before they regain normalgrowth. hESC also express high levels of Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 andreach about 7 million cells in 5 mls per well of a 6 well plate, asshown in FIG. 11B.

Example 18 Growth Kinetics and Metabolism in Knock Out Conditioned Mediaand Defined Media

hESC are seeded at 0.67 million cells/well in a 6 well plate which had20 mg/ml of microcarriers in 5 mls of media. Control 2D colony culturesare also seeded at the same cell numbers.

Microcarrier cultures grew at an exponential rate and reached more than8 million cells per well of a 6 well plate compared to the 2D colonycontrol which peaked at about 4 million cells per well on day 5 due tosurface limitation and dropped to 3 million cells per well at day 6 asshown in FIG. 12. The pH profiles show that both cultures drop to about6.5 by day 6 or 7, however this drop is more drastic for the 2D colonycontrol culture.

FIG. 13 shows that the glutamine and glucose consumption profiles arevirtually identical for microcarrier vs. 2D colony cultures, as are thelactate and ammonia production profiles for both cultures.

However, specific consumption rates of glutamine and glucose are muchlower in microcarrier cultures (approximately half) compared to 2Dcolony cultures indicating more efficient metabolism in microcarriercultures. Similarly there are much lower specific production rates ofwaste products such as lactate and ammonia in microcarrier culturescompared to 2D colony cultures as shown in FIG. 14.

FIG. 15 is a repeat experiment confirming that microcarrier culturesgrow at an exponential rate and achieve over 8 million cells per wellcompared to 2D control cultures which in this case only reached 2million cells per well. The growth rate is equivalent whethermicrocarriers are seeded from 2D colony cultures or from anothermicrocarrier culture. Doubling times are 33 hours which is similar to anormal control culture. In this case, the 2D colony culture achieved alonger doubling time of 58 hours. pH profiles show that the trends forthe 3 conditions, are very similar with a sharp drop after day 5 to pH6.6, especially for the 2D colony culture.

Except for the first 2 days, glutamine and glucose consumption profilesare very similar for microcarrier vs. 2D colony cultures, as are thelactate and ammonia production profiles for both cultures shown in FIG.16.

Similar to the previous experiments, specific consumption rates ofglutamine and glucose are much lower in microcarrier cultures comparedto 2D colony cultures indicating more efficient metabolism inmicrocarrier cultures.

FIG. 17 shows that except for the first 3 days, glucose and glutamineconsumption appears to be a little higher for the microcarrier cultureinoculated from 2D colony cultures than the microcarrier cultureinoculated from microcarrier cultures. There are also lower specificproduction rates of waste products such as lactate and ammonia inmicrocarrier cultures compared to 2D colony cultures, especially afterday 5. Analysis of amino acid profiles show that glutamine, arginine,serine, cystine, valine, methionine, lysine, isoleucine, leucine, andphenylalanine are consumed, whereas proline, glutamic acid and alanineare produced by hESC (data not shown).

FIG. 18 illustrates that hESC grown on microcarriers, continue toexpress pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 at passage 5 forStemPro and passage 4 for mTeSR-1, which are both commercial serum freedefined media. Growth kinetics,

Dilution Chondroitin Heparin Hyaluronic ratio Sulphate Sulphate Acidmetabolism of glucose, glutamine lactate, ammonia, and amino acids aremeasured for these 2 media.

Example 19 Coating of Carriers (Hyaluronic Acid, Heparan Sulphate,Dextran Sulphate, Etc.)

Five defined coatings are tested as alternatives compared to matrigel,the standard coating for growing hESC. These are 2 sources of heparansulphate from bovine kidney and the fast moving fraction from porcine, 2sources of hyaluronic acid from bovine vitreous humor and streptococcus,as well as dextran sulphate.

Two other negative controls, namely microcarriers coated with MEF-CM andKO media are also compared.

(7.09 mg/ml) (0.25 mg/ml ) (0.5 mg/ml) 1:10 —  9.6 × 10⁵ 1.17 × 10⁶ cells/well cells/well 1:20 8.3 × 10⁵ 1.03 × 10⁶ 7.7 × 10⁵ cells/wellcells/well cells/well 1:40 6.5 × 10⁵ 1.18 × 10⁶ 8.3 × 10⁵ cells/wellcells/well cells/well 1:80  5.5 × 10⁵ 1.12 × 10⁶ 5.4 × 10⁵ cells/wellcells/well cells/well

Initial results shown in FIG. 19 indicate that hyaluronic acid is themost promising alternative to matrigel, although matrigel still enableshigher cell numbers to be achieved after 7 days of growth. hESC continueto express the 3 pluripotent markers on these defined coatings (data notshown).

Table E1 shows that 3 types of coatings (chondroitin sulphate, heparinsulphate and hyaluronic acid) on cellulose microcarriers are able tosupport the growth of hESC, achieving between 0.5 to 1.2×10⁶ cells perwell which are better than the controls which are only coated with KnockOut (KO) serum replacer or MEF-CM, these achieved about 0.4×10⁶ cellsper well. This is comparable with matrigel coated microcarriers whichreached 2×10⁶ cells per well as shown in FIG. 19.

Table E1. Coating of carriers Hyaluronic acid, heparin sulphate,chondroitin sulphate Controls: KO=4.3 E5 cells/well; CM=4.4 E5cells/well. Three types of coatings, chondroitin sulphate, heparinsulphate and hyaluronic acid on cellulose microcarriers that are able tosupport the growth of hESC, achieving between 0.5 to 1.2 million cellsper well. Controls which are only coated with Knock Out (KO) serumreplacer or conditioned media (CM) achieved less than 0.5 million cellsper well.

The microcarrier is coated with other extracellular matrices likecollagen, fibronectin, vitronectin and laminin, and the above experimentis repeated.

Example 20 Agitation at 100 and 150 rpm

hESC are also cultured on microcarriers and agitated at 100 and 150 rpmin 6 well plates. Microcarriers aggregate together at day 1 and formclumps of different sizes at day 6 at 100 rpm with no visible cysticregions showing that hESC remain pluripotent (FIG. 20).

Oct-4 expression is partially downregulated at 100 and 150 rpm to 56%and 68% in FIG. 21A and FIG. 21B respectively, but SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60continue to be highly expressed at passage 1 in both conditions.

Microcarriers aggregate together in tighter clumps at day 1 at 150 rpmand continue to grow as smaller clumps at day 6 (compared to 100 rpmmicrocarrier cultures) with no visible cystic regions showing that hESCremain pluripotent in FIG. 22. Oct-4 expression is partiallydownregulated at 57.5%, and the percentage population of cellsexpressing surface markers SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 are lower at 75% and 70%respectively in 150 rpm cultures at passage 2 compared to passage 1 asshown in FIG. 23. Nevertheless, hESC is able to be grown at thisagitation speed.

FIG. 24 shows that Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 expression of a second cell line(HES-2) are similar for microcarrier cultures grown in static and at 150rpm at passage 2. FIG. 25 shows total cell numbers during the continuouspassaging of the HES-2 cell line for 7 passages in control 2D colonycultures, microcarriers in static, 100 rpm and 150 rpm conditions. hESCgrown in control 2D colony cultures routinely achieved between 2 to 3million cells per well.

Whereas hESC grown on static microcarriers could achieve up to 6 millioncells per well, while hESC agitated at 100 rpm could achieve up to 8million cells per well. At 150 rpm, growth is not optimal and cellscould not be passaged beyond week 5. FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B and FIG. 26Cshow that the expression levels of pluripotent markers Oct-4 (42 to50%), SSEA-4, and TRA-1-60 (both greater than 90%) in the staticmicrocarrier and microcarrier agitated at 100 rpm conditions, are stableand remained at very similar to levels to the 2D colony control culturesfor the HES-2 line at passage 5.

Example 21 Charges of Carriers—DE52, DE53, Q53

DE53 is the charge on microcarriers that is routinely used in allexperiments unless otherwise stated. Cellulose microcarriers of low(DE52), high (DE53) tertiary amine charges and high (QA52) quaternaryamine charges are tested for their ability to support the culture ofhESC and essentially they show equivalent cell numbers can be achievedat all charges, as shown in Table E2.

Table E2 below shows that cellulose microcarriers of low, medium andhigh charges tested for their ability to support the culture of hESCessentially show equivalent cell numbers can be achieved at all charges.Surprisingly, at passage 2, the higher charged microcarrier, QA52,achieved a phenomenally high cell number of over 13 million cells. DE53is the charge on microcarriers that is routinely used in all experimentsunless otherwise stated.

Type of Carrier Passage 0 Passage 1 Passage 2 DE52 2.64 × 10⁶ 2.91 × 10⁶7.08 × 10⁶ cells/well cells/well cells/well Seeding = 5.6 × 10⁵cells/well DE53 3.64 × 10⁶ 3.45 × 10⁶ 7.32 × 10⁶ cells/well cells/wellcells/well Seeding = 7.7 × 10⁵ cells/well QA52 4.51 × 10⁶ 3.18 × 10⁶13.4 × 10⁶ cells/well cells/well cells/well Seeding = 7.6 × 10⁵cells/well

Table E2. Counts on day 7. Note: Seeding density of 8E5 cells/well forP0 and P1 on cellulose microcarriers. Three charges of cellulosemicrocarriers were passaged continuously for 3 passages, showing thathESC achieve cell numbers of between 2.6 to 13.4 million cells per well.

At passage 2, the higher charged microcarrier, QA52, achieved a highcell number of over 13 million cells per well. Expression of Oct-4,SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 continued to be stable and are equivalent for hESCgrown on cellulose microcarriers of low, medium and high charges atpassage 3 as shown in FIG. 27A, FIG. 27B and FIG. 27C.

Example 22 Sizes and Shapes Carriers—Spherical Carbon and Tosoh Beads(Different Diameters)

Microporous (SM1010) carbon microcarriers are able to attach and growhESC on the surface on days 5 and 7 as shown by the DAPI nuclei stainand TRA-1-60 pluripotent marker, shown in FIG. 28A and FIG. 28B.

FIG. 29 shows that microporous carbon microcarriers coated withfibronectin achieved higher cell numbers of 0.3 million cells per wellcompared to control 2D colony cultures which achieved 0.25 million cellsper well.

Carbon microcarriers viewed in phase contrast and stained with DAPI orTRA-1-60 on days 3, 5 and 7 are shown in FIG. 30, FIG. 31 and FIG. 32,indicating that hESC spread more evenly on fibronectin coatedmicroporous microcarriers and aggregate the microcarriers together inthe later days.

FACS profiles of 3 pluripotent markers Oct-4, TRA-1-60 and SSEA-4 (allgreater than 90% expression) of hESC harvested from fibronectin coatedcarbon microcarriers at day 7 are shown in FIG. 33.

A second hESC line HES-2 is also grown on fibronectin coated,microporous carbon microcarriers and achieved similar cell numbers as 2Dcolony controls (FIG. 34A) and retained high viabilities, greater than95%. Cells from both conditions continue to express similar levels ofOct-4 of around 80% (FIG. 34B).

Matrigel coated macroporous carbon microcarriers (SH1010) are able toachieve cell numbers similar to 2D colony controls, whereas matrigelcoated microporous (SM1010) microcarriers did not perform as well (FIG.35).

FIG. 36 shows that hESC cultured on the SH1010 microcarriers after 7days are still pluripotent, as >90% of the population expressed thepluripotent markers Oct-4 and TRA-1-60.

FIG. 37 shows that hESC covered most of the surface area of the SH1010microcarriers, whereas for microcarriers with specification SM1010 thereare fewer cells attached.

FIG. 38 shows that hESC cultured on SH1010 microcarriers for 15 daysachieved similar cell numbers as the 2D colony control cultures grownfor 7 days.

FIG. 39 shows that Oct-4 and TRA-1-60 pluripotent markers continue to beexpressed 15 days after inoculation.

FIG. 40 shows that increasing the feeding with twice the volume ofMEF-CM of microcarrier cultures marginally increased the cell numberscompared to microcarriers with 1× volume feeding.

FIG. 41 shows that the expression of pluripotent markers Oct-4 andTRA-1-60 by hESC cultured on the beads with twice the volume of MEF-CMfeeding is more than 90 percent.

FIG. 42 shows that hESC are well distributed on the macroporousmicrocarriers as indicated by the DAPI, phalloidin and TRA-1-60 stains.

FIG. 43A and FIG. 43B show replicate experiments with a second cell lineHES-2 which is also successfully cultured on SH1010 macroporousmicrocarriers and achieved similar cell numbers as the 2D colony controlof about 0.65 to 0.7 million cells per well.

FIG. 44 shows that HES-2 expression of the pluripotent markers Oct-4 andTRA-1-60 is still high after 7 days of culture on SH1010 microcarriers.

FIG. 45 shows that the HES2-GFP cells spread evenly on the microcarriersfrom day 1 to day 7. Macroporous microcarriers seeded with hESC in high(every 30 mins) and low mixing (every 2 hrs) enable hESC growth to reachbetween 0.6 to 0.8 million cells per well which is lower than the 1.2million cells per well achieved by 2D colony controls after 7 days asshown FIG. 46A.

However, extending the cultures to 12 days on microcarriers enabled thecell numbers to reach 1.2 million cells per well. Pluripotent markersOct-4, TRA-1-60 and SSEA-4 also appear stable above 85% formicrocarriers vs. controls as shown in FIG. 46B.

The above experiment is conducted on hESC grown on hydrophilic Tosohmicrocarriers and the relevant data is measured.

Example 23 Co-Culture and Feeders on Microcarriers

FIG. 47A shows spherical Cytodex microcarriers with feeders amongstcellulose microcarriers seeded with hESC, whilst FIG. 47B showspolylysine coated Tosoh microcarriers with feeders amongst cellulosemicrocarriers seeded with hESC in static cultures.

FIG. 48A and FIG. 48B indicate that there is high expression of the 3pluripotent markers Oct-4, SSEA-4 and TRA-1-60 by hESC cultured on boththe Cytodex and polylysine coated Tosoh microcarriers co-culturesrespectively. Table E3 shows that cell numbers achieved on the 3co-culture methods of feeders on Cytodex, polylysine coated Tosoh, andDE53 microcarriers, together with hESC on DE53 microcarriers range from2.6 to 5.5 million cells per well after 7 days. These numbers are higherthan 2D colony cultures which typically achieve 2 million cells perwell.

Table E3 below shows cell numbers achieved on the 3 co-culture methodsrange from 2.6 to 5.5 million cells after 7 days.

hESC seeding density at hESC seeding density at 1.2 × 10⁶ cells/well 0.8× 10⁶ cells/well Experiments 1 2 Feeders on Cytodex 5.5 × 10⁶ cells/well3.7 × 10⁶ cells/well 3 Feeders on Tosoh 2.6 × 10⁶ cells/well 4.2 × 10⁶cells/well polylysine with matrigel Feeders on matrigel — 3.7 × 10⁶cells/well coated DE53

Table E3. Co-culture of feeders on 3 different microcarriers with hESCon cellulose DE 53 microcarriers, with cell counts after 7 days. Control2D colony cultures=2×106 cells/well. Co-culture of feeders on 3different microcarriers with hESC on cellulose DE 53 microcarriers. Cellcounts ranged from 2.6 to 5.5 million cells per well after 7 days.

Example 24 Spinner Cultures

FIG. 49 shows that hESC grow at an exponential rate on cellulosemicrocarriers reaching 3.6 million cells/ml, 5 days after seeding with0.3 million cells/ml in the 50 ml spinner culture which is significantlyhigher than the static microcarrier culture which reached 1.7 millioncells/ml, and the 2D colony control which only reached 0.9 millioncells/ml.

Example 25 Karyotype

FIG. 50 shows that both hESC lines HES-2 and HES-3 have a normalkaryotype after 6 continuous passage on microcarrier cultures, which isequivalent to approximately 24 population doublings.

Example 26 Seeding of feeders on Tosoh, Cytodex 1 and DE53 Microcarriersfor Co-Culture with hESC on DE53 Microcarriers

Inactivated feeders (MEFs) were first seeded onto Tosoh, Cytodex 1 orDE53 microcarriers. hESC on matrigel coated microcarriers wereintroduced to the culture 24 h later in the growth medium consisting ofKnockout DMEM supplemented with Knockout Serum Replacement, glutamine,2-mercaptoethanol, non-essential amino acid stock and basic FGF(Invitrogen).

Cells for seeding the microcarrier cultures were taken from confluentmatrigel coated tissue culture plates and harvested using STEMPRO®EZPassage™ Tool (Invitrogen). Microcarrier cultures were seeded at cellconcentrations of between 1 to 3×10⁵ cells/ml.

Example 27 Preparation of Cytodex 1, 3 and Hillex Microcarriers

Cytodex 1 and 3 (GE Healthcare) and Hillex (Hyclone) were preparedaccording to manufacturer protocols, which consisted of hydration,rinsing and sterilization of the microcarriers by autoclaving. Coatingwith matrigel was performed in the same way as for DE53 cellulosemicrocarriers. Five mg of microcarriers were coated with 1 ml of KOmedium containing 33 μl of matrigel stock solution. Both uncoated andmatrigel coated microcarrier cultures were seeded at cell concentrationof between 1 to 3×10⁵ cells/ml.

Example 28 Coating of Extracellular Matrices (Hyaluronic Acid, Heparin,Chondroitin Sulphate, Fibronectin, Collagen 1, 4, Laminin) on DE53 andCytodex 3 Microcarriers

The coating of extracellular matrices (Hyaluronic acid, Heparin,Chondroitin sulphate) on cellulose microcarriers followed theseconditions:—

Heparin: 0.44 mg Heparin/mg DE53 (equivalent to 1:10 dilution)

Chondroitin: 0.91 mg Chondroitin/mg DE53 (equivalent to 1:10 dilution)

Hyaluronic acid: 0.016 mg Hyaluronic acid/mg DE53 (equivalent to 1:10dilution)

For hyaluronic acid and heparin coated microcarriers in combination withother extracellular matrices the follow conditions were used:

Fibronectin: 20 μg/mg DE53

Laminin: 2 μg/mg DE53

Collagen I: 20 μg/mg DE53

Collagen IV: 20 μg/mg DE53

For the Cytodex 3 experiment, the following coating concentrations wereused:—

Laminin: 2 to 4 μg/mg Cytodex 3

Fibronectin: 20 μg/mg Cytodex 3

Example 29 Continuous Passaging of hESC on DE53 Cellulose Microcarriersto Passage 23

FIG. 51 shows that hESC grown on cellulose microcarriers that have beenpassaged for 23 passages retain their higher growth rate than the growthrate of hESC grown on 2D colony cultures. Typically the split ratioduring passaging in microcarrier cultures is 1:10 and for 2D colonycultures is 1:4. Thus by the 23^(rd) passage there is a 10 logdifference in total cell numbers that can be achieved in microcarriercultures. FIG. 52 shows that the expression of pluripotent markers,Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 continues to be stable at passages 15 and 16with high cell densities of 9.4 and 7.1 million cells/well respectively.FIG. 53 further shows robust expression of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 atpassages 21 to 23 and when microcarriers are replated onto 2D colonycultures, the expression of these markers continues to be high andstable.

Example 30 Characterisation of hESC Cultured on Cellulose Microcarriers(Karyotyping, RT-PCR of Embryoid Bodies and Teratoma Formation)

FIG. 54 shows that microcarrier cultures of HES-3 continue to retain anormal 46XX karyotype as late as passages 22 and 25. FIG. 55 shows thatmicrocarrier cultures of HES-2 also retain a normal 46XX karyotype aslate as passage 14. When hESC from microcarrier cultures at passage 3and 27 were differentiated into embryoid bodies, they were able to formcells of the 3 germ layers represented by genes of the endoderm (amylaseand GATA6), ectoderm (keratin and neurofilament, NF) and mesoderm (MSX1and HAND1), see FIG. 56. Teratomas were also formed with cells of the 3germ layers as shown in FIG. 57.

Example 31 Serum Free Media Cellulose Microcarrier Cultures of hESC withAmino Acid Metabolism Data

FIG. 58 shows microcarrier cultures of hESC in 2 serum free media,mTeSR1 and StemPRO with cell numbers reaching 2 and 1.5 millionrespectively, after being seeded at 2-2.7×10⁵ cells. pH drops to about6.7 indicating active cell growth over the 7 days. FIG. 59 compares thegrowth rate and doubling time of mTeSR1 (BD Biosciences) and StemPRO(Invitrogen) microcarrier cultures. mTeSR1 was observed to have a fasterdoubling time of 25 hours vs. StemPRO of 49 hours. FIG. 60 compares themetabolism of glucose and glutamine consumption as well as lactate andammonium production for the 2 serum free media. The specific glucose andglutamine consumption rates and ammonium production rates appear to besimilar for the 2 media, except for the initial stage when there wasglutamine production from Glutamax in StemPRO media. However lactateproduction rates are higher for mTeSR1 compared to StemPRO microcarriercultures (FIG. 61). There is also an increase in sodium and potassiumions which contributes to the increase in osmolarity of the spent media,with mTeSR1 having the higher osmolarity (FIG. 62).

Table 1 summarises the amino acids that are consumed and those that areproduced in both mTeSR1 and StemPRO media. The amino acids which wereconsumed were arginine, cystine, glutamine, isoleucine, leucine,methionine and serine. Those that were produced were alanine, glutamicacid and proline, whilst the rest did not change significantly. Table 2provides more detailed information on the individual levels of theseamino acids that are consumed and produced by hESC in mTeSR1 and StemPROserum free media, respectively. The data confirms that arginine,cystine, glutamine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine and serine are mostsignificantly consumed and that alanine, glutamic acid and proline arethe most significantly produced amino acids. FIG. 63 shows theconcentration changes of the 20 amino acids over 3 days in mTeSR1 andStemPRO serum free media from which the specific consumption rates ofthe individual amino acids can be calculated which are shown in FIGS. 64a and 64 b. As can be seen surprisingly, the vast majority of the aminoacids are hardly consumed in the 2 media.

FIG. 65 shows a repeat experiment of microcarrier cultures in StemPROand mTeSR1 serum free media with both media reaching a similar cellnumber of 1 million cells at the end of 7 days. The pH drop in mTeSR1appears to reach a lower point than StemPRO media. FIG. 66 confirms thatmTeSR 1 has a faster doubling time of 23 hours compared to StemPRO media(35 hours) in the microcarrier cultures.

Example 32 Spinner Flask, Cellulose Microcarrier Culture of 2 hESC CellLines

FIG. 67 shows a second spinner flask culture of the HES-3 cell line,which once again is able to achieve a cell density of about 3.5 millioncells/ml by 7 days, comparable to the first spinner flask experiment.These cell densities are again significantly higher than the staticmicrocarrier cultures and 2D colony cultures. FIG. 68 shows theconsumption of glucose and glutamine and the production of lactate andammonium for the second spinner flask culture. These concentrations aretranslated into volumetric and specific consumption rates of glucose andglutamine and the production rates of lactate and ammonium, shown inFIG. 69. FIG. 70 further shows the sharp pH drops each day before andafter feeding with conditioned media and likewise the increases inosmolarity of the media each day. FIG. 71 shows that the pluripotentmarkers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 remain high on days 3 and 4 while themorphology of the hESC remain as tight aggregates on the microcarrierson days 4 and 5 as shown in FIG. 72.

FIG. 73 shows another cell line HES-2 grown on microcarriers in spinnerflask culture stirred at 25 rpm, which was able to achieve 2.5 millioncells/ml, with a doubling time of approximately 55 hours. FACS analysisof the cells show that the expression of pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4and TRA-1-60 were equivalent to the 2D colony control at the start ofthe spinner culture (FIG. 74). Expression of these markers continue tobe high and equivalent to the control static cultures on days 5 and 7when peak cell densities were achieved, as shown in FIG. 75. hESC formlarge aggregates of cells around the microcarriers on days 5 and 7 asshown in FIG. 76.

It has been demonstrated that spinner flask cultures with microcarriersis a scaleable method of expanding hESC in a bioreactor. If a density of3.5 million cells/ml is achieved in a 100 ml spinner flask this would beequivalent to producing hESC in 175 organ culture dishes (OCD) each with2 million cells/ml as shown in FIG. 77.

Example 33 Cocultures of Feeders on Spherical or DE53 Microcarriers withhESC Grown on DE53 Cellulose Microcarriers

We also determined if hESC on cellulose DE53, could be supported with cocultures of feeders on spherical Cytodex 3 and Tosoh microcarriers.Feeder cells were attached to uncoated microcarriers and hESC wereattached to Matrigel coated microcarriers. FIG. 78 shows pictures ofhESC grown on cellulose microcarriers together with mouse feeders onCytodex, and polylysine coated Tosoh beads coated with feeders and cocultured with hESC on cellulose DE53 microcarriers. Table 3 indicatesthe cell densities of hESC in co cultures with feeders on the 2spherical microcarriers as well as co culture on cellulose DE53microcarriers at P0 and P1 passages. Cell numbers were equivalent to thecontrol of hESC on DE53 microcarriers coated with matrigel. FIG. 79shows the FACS at P1 for the 3 co-cultures on hESC with feeders onCytodex 3, Tosoh and DE53 microcarriers respectively. High expressionlevels of the 3 pluripotent markers were observed for the Cytodex 3 cocultured with DE53 and co cultures of DE53. Table 4 shows that cellnumbers of hESC in the 3 co cultures were about 2 times higher comparedto the control on matrigel coated microcarriers. FIG. 80 shows robustexpression of the 3 pluripotent markers at passage 2 in the 3 differentco cultures with Cytodex 3, Tosoh and DE53 microcarriers which areequivalent or better than the control with matrigel coated microcarriers(FIG. 81).

Example 34 hESC Culture on Small and Large Spherical Tosoh Microcarriers

Next we tested if alternative large and small spherical Tosohmicrocarriers could support hESC growth over the long term.

Table 5 shows both small (10 micron) large (65 micron) Tosohmicrocarriers with and without matrigel coatings supported hESC growthat P0 and P1. FIG. 82 shows that the expression of pluripotent markersOct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 were high at passage P1 in these 4 conditions.FIG. 83 shows polylysine Tosoh beads without and with matrigel coatingsat stock and 30× diluted concentrations. hESC formed the largest cellaggregates at 30× diluted matrigel concentration. FIG. 84 showsprotamine Tosoh beads without and with matrigel coatings at stock and30× diluted concentrations. Again 30× diluted matrigel coated beadsformed larger hESC aggregates.

Example 35 hESC Culture on Large Tosoh Microcarriers with Matrigel

Table 6 and FIG. 85 show the cell numbers of both polylysine andprotamine coated Tosoh beads (65 micron) with and without matrigel for 4passages. By passage 4, only the beads with matrigel coating survived,but those with matrigel coupled to the beads and without matrigel didnot grow after passage 3. “Coupling” was done when Matrigel was added tothe polylysine and protamine coated beads immediately and then storedfor use over several weeks. For “coating”, Matrigel was freshly added tothe beads only during the week of culture. FIG. 36 shows the expressionof pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC on polylysine Tosohmicrocarriers without and with matrigel at P1. Oct4 expression waslowest for the microcarriers without matrigel. FIG. 87 shows theexpression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC on protamineTosoh microcarriers without and with matrigel at P1. Again Oct4expression was lowest for the microcarriers without matrigel. FIG. 38shows the expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC is better onmatrigel coated polylysine Tosoh microcarriers at P2. Similarly, FIG. 89shows the expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC is better onmatrigel coated protamine Tosoh microcarriers at P2. FIG. 90 continuesto show that expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC is betteron matrigel coated polylysine Tosoh microcarriers at P3. FIG. 91 showsthe expression of pluripotent marker TRA-1-60 of hESC is highest onmatrigel coated protamine Tosoh microcarriers at P3. At passage 4, hESCstill continue to form undifferentiated aggregates on large polylysineand protamine Tosoh beads coated with matrigel (FIG. 92). FIG. 93 showsthe continued expression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 ofhESC on matrigel coated polylysine and protamine microcarriers atpassage 4. FIG. 94 shows the relatively stable cell counts of hESC grownfor 5 passages on polylysine and protamine Tosoh beads with matrigelcoating. FIG. 95 shows the continued expression of pluripotent markersOct4 and TRA-1-60 of hESC at passage 5, while FIG. 96 shows the hESCaggregates on polylysine and protamine Tosoh microcarriers at P5.

Between passage 6 and passage 7, with further optimization ofmicrocarrier concentrations to 48,000 beads per million cells, theexpression of pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 recovered to higherlevels for both the matrigel coated polylysine and protamine Tosohmicrocarriers, as shown in FIGS. 97 and 98.

Example 36 hESC Culture on Cytodex 3 with and without Matrigel and withLaminin and Fibronectin Coatings

As Cytodex 3 is commonly used for cell culture, we also compared itsperformance compared to DE53 and Tosoh microcarriers. Furthermore, itwas alleged by Terstegge et al (US patent application 2007/0264713 A 1)that Cytodex 3 alone without any coatings could be used for culture ofhESC in static and agitated conditions.

Table 7 shows that the cell numbers of hESC grown were relatively stableon Cytodex 3 microcarriers coated with matrigel and without matrigelcultured in non-agitated and agitated conditions for 3 passages.However, by passage 5 only the microcarriers coated with matrigelenabled hESC growth in both agitated (both 100 and 120 rpm) andnon-agitated conditions as shown in FIG. 99. There is a sharp fall offin cell numbers in uncoated Cytodex 3 microcarriers. Then by passage 7,only hESC on the non-agitated matrigel coated Cytodex 3 microcarrierscontinued to survive and grow to passage 9 as shown in FIG. 100.

FIG. 101 shows hESC is sparsely coated on Cytodex 3 microcarrierswithout matrigel: FIG. 102 shows large clusters of hESC on Cytodex 3microcarriers without matrigel agitated at 100 rpm. Whereas FIGS. 103and 104 show more confluent growth of hESC on matrigel coated Cytodex 3microcarriers in non-agitated and agitated conditions respectively. FACSanalysis of the pluripotent markers Oct4 and TRA-1-60 are down regulatedby P3 on Cytodex 3 without matrigel (FIG. 105). However, FACS of all 3markers of Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 are still robustly expressed even atP9 for matrigel coated Cytodex 3 microcarriers (FIG. 106). FIG. 107shows that hESC grown on Cytodex 3 without matrigel in agitatedconditions down regulate pluripotent markers by P3; this down regulationis also seen with matrigel coated Cytodex 3 in agitated conditions by P3(FIG. 108).

By passage 13, matrigel coated Cytodex 3 microcarriers in staticconditions could still support hESC which strongly expressed the 3pluripotent markers as shown in FIG. 109. In contrast, hESC grown onlaminin and fibronectin coated on Cytodex 3 at passage 6 show partialdown regulation of Oct4 and TRA-1-60 markers. This experiment wasperformed to simulate matrigel which has collagen, laminin andfibronectin. Furthermore, karyotyping of the hESC showed a normal 46XXkaryotype after 11 passages on Cytodex 3 coated with matrigel in FIG.110.

Example 37 hESC Culture on Cytodex 1 and Hillex Microcarriers with andwithout Matrigel

We also evaluated charged microcarriers Cytodex 1 and Hillexmicrocarriers alone without any coatings for their ability to supporthESC. Again, an earlier patent by Crook et al claimed that thesemicrocarriers alone without matrigel coating could support hESC culturefor 3 to 5 passages in static cultures (WO 2008/004990 A2). A subsequentpublication by the same group, (Phillips et al, 2008) revealed that theycould only achieve 3 fold expansion at every passage and that hESC couldnot be expanded on Hillex microcarriers by passage 6 even thoughpluripotent markers were retained.

FIG. 111 shows hESC growing on Cytodex 1 with and without matrigelcoating, hESC on matrigel coated Cytodex grow as larger aggregatescompared to uncoated microcarriers. FIG. 112 shows hESC growing onHillex microcarriers with and without matrigel coating. Hillexmicrocarriers adsorb phenol red from the media and tend to aggregatetogether. hESC stick less well on these microcarriers with or withoutmatrigel. FIG. 113 shows the cell counts of hESC on these 2 types ofmicrocarriers with and without agitation after 3 passages. After 3passages, the cell numbers tend to drop in the Cytodex 1 and Hillexmicrocarrier cultures with agitation and were discontinued as they couldnot be passaged. However, static (or non-agitated) cultures of thesemicrocarriers with and without matrigel could be passaged up to passage9 as shown in FIG. 114, but the final cell numbers tended to drop afterpassage 7. FIG. 115 summarises the mean cell concentration and mean foldexpansion of hESC grown on Cytodex 1 and Hillex microcarriers with andwithout matrigel. On average, higher cell concentrations with matrigelwere achieved on Cytodex 1 which was comparable to cellulosemicrocarriers.

FIG. 116 shows matrigel coated Cytodex 1 and Hillex microcarriers areindeed more confluent than uncoated microcarriers, though Hillexmicrocarriers continue to stain red with phenol red from the media. FIG.117 shows a representative plot of the 3 pluripotent markers Oct4,TRA-1-60 and mAb 84 of the 4 conditions at passage 6, with matrigelcoated microcarriers performing better than the uncoated microcarriers.FIG. 118 summarises the FACS analysis of the 3 pluripotent markers Oct4,TRA-1-60 and mAb 84 at different passages for the 4 conditionsindicating that these markers tend to fall after passage 6 except forCytodex 1 coated with matrigel which was the most stable condition after10 passages. Hillex with matrigel on the other hand showed a drop inthese markers perhaps due to the adsorption of phenol red to themicrocarriers. By passage 13, only hESC cultured on Cytodex 1 withmatrigel still expressed the 3 pluripotent markers, whilst the other 3microcarrier conditions had differentiated as shown by the reducedexpression levels of the 3 markers (FIG. 69). Karyotypes for the 4microcarrier conditions were normal at passage 7 (FIG. 120).

Example 38 Different Extracellular Matrix Coatings on DE53 CelluloseMicrocarriers for hESC Culture

We further examined if alternative extracellular matrices (ECMs) couldbe used as substitutes for matrigel for the support of hESC onmicrocarriers.

Table 8 shows the cell numbers of hESC grown on cellulose microcarriersafter 7 days with different coatings of chondroitin sulphate (CS),heparin (HS) and hyaluronic acid (HA) diluted from 1:10 to 1:80 fromtheir initial stock concentrations, compared to controls grown withcoatings of KO media and conditioned media (CM) at passage P0. Atpassage P1, the cell numbers of hESC are greater than 1 million/well forall 3 coatings and are similar to the control with coating of KO mediaas shown in Table 9. FIG. 121 shows the expression of pluripotentmarkers Oct4, SSEA4 and TRA-1-60 at P1 with coatings of chondroitinsulphate, heparin and hyaluronic acid compared to the coating with KOmedia in FIG. 122. It appears that qualitatively, the coating withhyaluronic acid at 1:10 dilution is the preferred one for support ofhESC, of the 3 coatings tested as the 3 pluripotent markers are theleast down regulated with HA coating.

Other combinations of these ECMs including fibronectin were also testedand the cell numbers achieved at passages P0 and P1 are shown in Table10. HA with fibronectin appeared to enable the best cell growth at P1.FIGS. 123 and 124 show pictures of the cellulose microcarriers coatedwith the different combinations of ECMs (fibronectin, HA and heparinsalt (HS)) which continue to form tight aggregates of cells without anyobvious cystic regions around the aggregates. However, when FACS for thepluripotent marker TRA-1-60 was performed, there was significant downregulation of this marker, by P1 with these ECM combinations, as shownin FIGS. 125 and 126.

Additional ECMs such as collagen I, IV and laminin were also tested forthe support of hESC and Table 11 shows the cell numbers achieved withthe different ECM combinations from P1 to P3. These cell numbers arealso shown in FIG. 127 which shows a general downtrend in the cellnumbers with each passage on the various ECMs.

FIG. 128 shows the morphology of the hESC on different combinations ofECMs with HA coated on cellulose microcarriers. Similarly, FIG. 129shows the morphology of the hESC on different combinations of ECMs withHS coated on cellulose microcarriers. In general the combinations withHA have a denser aggregation of hESC on the microcarriers than the HScombinations. HA alone also appears to support more dense aggregatesthan HS alone in FIG. 130. And FIG. 131 shows that HA in combinationwith collagen I, IV, laminin and fibronectin appear to form denser cellaggregates than the ECM combinations with HS. Finally, a complete matrixof HA, HS and the other 4 ECMs are also shown to support hESC in FIG.131.

FIGS. 132 to 135 show that the pluripotent markers Oct4, SSEA4 andTRA-1-60 after 3 passages continued to be expressed on the variouscombinations of ECMs, as described in Table 11, on cellulosemicrocarriers. However, there is some down-regulation of the levels ofthese markers compared to matrigel coated microcarriers.

Example 39 Hyaluronic Acid on DE53 Cellulose Microcarriers for hESCCulture

As HA looked the most promising as an alternative ECM to matrigel forthe support of hESC, cells were passaged on HA coated cellulosemicrocarriers for multiple passages. As shown in FIG. 136, therecontinued to be robust growth and expression of the pluripotent markersOct4, and TRA-1-60 (FIG. 137) for 3 passages (passage 4 to 6) which werecomparable to the control 2D colony cultures. FIG. 138 shows continuedhigh expression of the pluripotent marker, TRA-1-60 at passages 8 and 9on HA coated microcarriers. Finally, FIG. 139 shows the morphology ofdense hESC aggregates, grown on HA coated cellulose microcarriers atpassage 6 at 2 different magnifications.

Example 40 Growth and Propagation of Human iPS cells on MicrocarriersExample 40.1

Human iPS (IMR90) cells were cultured in suspension culture on Matrigelcoated DE53 microcarriers at 20 mg/well (4 mg/ml) in MEF conditionKO-medium with 100 ng/ml bFGF (5 ml/well). The cellulose microcarrierswere seeded from iPS (IMR90) cells passaged 8 times on feeder cells in2D culture followed by adaptation on Matrigel for 5 passages in 2Dculture (iPS IMR90PMGP5).

FIG. 162 shows confluent growth of human iPS cells on cellulosemicrocarriers. FIGS. 163 and 164 show that the iPS cells weresuccessfully cultured from 3 through 10 weekly passages whilst retainingstrong expression of OCT4, MAB84 and TRA-1-60 at passage 10. Cell growthwas robust with cell densities of 3 to 8 million cells/ml achieved afterevery passage.

Example 40.2 Microcarriers Cultures of Human iPS Cells in Serum FreeMedia in mTeSR1

Two human iPS cell lines were continuously passaged over 2 or 3 weeks onMatrigel coated cellulose microcarriers in serum free media, mTeSR1.FIG. 186 shows increasing cell numbers and stable expression ofpluripotent markers, Oct-4 and mAb 84.

Continuous passaging of human iPS cells (Reprocell, Japan) on Matrigelcoated cellulose microcarriers was achieved.

Example 41 Cardiomyocyte Differentiation on Microcarriers

The ability to differentiate hESC into cardiomyocytes was investigatedusing microcarriers having different extracellular matrix (ECM)coatings. Cell expansion and differentiation was investigated usingdifferent ECM coatings. Differentiation was also investigated usingdifferent media supplements. Seeding of hESC from microcarriers tomicrocarriers followed by differentiation was also investigated.

Example 41.1 Differentiation

DE53 cellulose microcarriers were coated in one of Matrigel, Laminin,Vitronectin, Fibronectin (FIG. 165), or used uncoated. Tosoh 65microcarriers were protamine derivatised and optionally coated inLaminin (FIG. 165). The microcarriers were coated overnight with therespective ECM in cold room under agitation. On the next day each well(5 ml) was seeded with 2.5×10⁶ cells/well from 2D colony cultures whichwere collagenased and scraped. Plates were then kept under agitation for1 hour after seeding.

Aggregates formed in the cultures were fed with conditioned media (CM)and bFGF for 2 days, with medium refreshed daily. On day 3, cultureswere switched to bSFS differentiation medium with MAP kinase inhibitor,SB203580 (5 μM). Cultures were washed with bSFS for 1 hour and bSFSmedium with inhibitor refreshed on 3 times a week (Monday, Wednesday,Friday) for the duration of the differentiation experiment. The cellsused were HES-3 p33kK46.

FIGS. 166 and 167 show that beating areas were obtained with all coatedmicrocarriers tested. Aggregates of EBs on microcarriers were largerthan EBs made without microcarriers. FIG. 167 shows the increase in thenumber of beating EBs on microcarriers over 19 days. Laminin andFibronectin coatings were particularly good at generating beating areas,whilst there were no beating EBs in the absence of microcarriers

Example 41.2 Expansion and Differentiation

To determine whether differentiated hESC expand on microcarriers, thefollowing microcarrier coatings were tested:

-   -   1. Uncoated cellulose DE53    -   2. Laminin coated (20 μg) on 15 mg cellulose DE53 overnight    -   3. Matrigel coated on cellulose DE53 overnight

A seeding ratio of 1.6×10⁶ cells/well from 2D cultures (collagenased andscraped) was used. Cultures were fed with CM until aggregates wereformed (3 days) washed with bSFS for 1 hour and later switched todifferentiation medium+SB203580 (5 μM). Sampling of 2 wells for beatingsand cell counts was performed on days 0, 4, 7 and 12. Cells used were H3p33kK50. Day 14 aggregates are shown in FIG. 168. FIG. 169 showsexpansion of cells on the different ECM coatings on microcarriers by 2to 5 fold, averaged from cell counts taken at days 7 and 13 afterinitiation of differentiation.

The effect of Laminin and Fibronectin coatings (1 or 3 μg/g cellulose)on the percentage of beating embryoid bodies was also tested. FIG. 184shows laminin coating to provide an improved number of beatingaggregates compared with fibronectin coated or uncoated microcarriers.

Example 41.3 Differentiation with Different Media Supplements

A range of media and supplements was screened for their effect ondifferentiation.

DE53 cellulose microcarriers (3 mg/ml in 6 well plates) were conditionedfor 2 hours in CM in static conditions. They were then seeded with 3×10⁶cells/well of hESC harvested from 2D cultures (collagenase and scraperin 4 directions). After seeding cultures were agitated (100 rpm) for 15minutes before switching to static conditions.

Cultures in CM were formed as aggregates for 2 days, washed with bSFSand then switched to differentiation medium+SB203580 (5 μM) anddifferent media supplements (0.1% HySoy, 1% BSA, 1× lipid mixture orcombinations of these—see FIG. 170). Cells used were H3 p33kK47.

FIG. 171 shows the effect of media supplements on enhancingcardiomyocyte formation on uncoated microcarriers. All media supplementstested enhanced cardiomyocyte formation compared to bSFS alone withoutsupplements, in uncoated microcarrier cultures.

FIG. 185 shows a significant improvement in the number of beatingembryoid bodies or cardiomyocytes for hESC cultured on laminin coatedDE53 cellulose microcarriers in the presence of chemically definedlipid, vitamin or Soy Hydrolysate media supplements.

Example 41.4 Differentiation with hESC Seeded from Microcarriers toMicrocarriers using Different Media Supplements

DE53 cellulose microcarriers (3 mg/ml) were conditioned for 4 hours inCM and seeded with 1.6×10⁶ cells/well in 6 well plates. Cultures wereagitated (100 rpm) for 1 hour before switching to static conditions.

Cultures in CM formed aggregates for 4 days, and then were switchedeither to bSFS differentiation medium+SB203580 (5 μM) and variousadditives (see FIG. 172) or DMEM/F12 medium with lipidsupplement+SB203580 (5 μM). Cells used were H3 p33kK30p2.

FIG. 172 shows that the Lipid mixture, BSA and Hy-Soy additives allindependently improved the total number of beating aggregates comparedto bSFS alone without supplements, in uncoated microcarrier cultures.

Example 41.5 Differentiation of hESC on Negatively Charged Microcarriers

Microgranular carboxymethyl cellulose CM52 negatively chargedmicrocarriers (20 mg/well, 4 mg/ml) were seeded with HES-3 cells,suspension cultured and passaged. Differentiation was shown by largecystic regions (data not shown) within passage 1 with or withoutMatrigel coating. Cell densities were higher on Matrigel coatedmicrocarriers than uncoated microcarriers. This indicates that whilstnegatively charged microcarriers may not support pluripotent growth ofhESC, they can support differentiation of hESC.

Example 41.6 Efficient Cell Harvesting from Aggregates for FurtherAnalysis

hESC may be harvested from microcarrier cultures by direct enzymatictreatments (e.g. Trypsin or Tryple).

% Viability % Recovery DE53 Trypsin 64 10.2 Tryple 57 9.8

A two step protocol involving pretreatment with collagenase andenzymatic treatment (trypsin) was found to improve the harvest of hESCfrom microcarriers.

% Viability % Recovery DE53 A 87 64.1 B 90 88.3

To harvest cardiomyocytes from microcarriers, a two step protocolinvolving pretreatment with collagenase and enzymatic treatment withtrypsin or Tryple was found to improve harvesting efficiency.

% Viability % Recovery DE53 Acutase 64 20.2 Solution 76 22.1 Trypsin 9046.7 Tryple 87 37.0 Dispase 71 5.4

Example 41.7 Human iPS cells, IMR90 Embryoid Body Formation andCardiomyocyte Differentiation

Human iPS cells on Matrigel coated cellulose DE53 microcarriers atpassage 13 were differentiated by transferring the microcarriers to EBmedia (KO basal medium+20% serum+non-essential amino acids) for 14 daysin suspension followed by being re-plated on gelatin coated 6 cm tissueculture dish for 7 days. Several beating aggregates were observed. Twoof the beating aggregates were transferred to a new 6 cm dish coatedwith gelatin for further observation. After 23 days all beating clumpswere still actively beating.

Example 41.7 Additional Differentiation Experiments

HES-2 hESC cultured on laminin coated microcarriers (2 micrograms/mg ofmicrocarriers) were used to successfully generate beating aggregates (3replicates) in day 18 samples.

iPS ES4SKIN cells cultured on laminin coated microcarriers (1microgram/mg of microcarriers) were used successfully to generatebeating aggregates in day 8 samples.

Human iPS foreskin cells formed 25% of beating embryoid bodies at day 12in serum free media on laminin coated cellulose microcarriers.

Example 41.8 Differentiation to Endoderm Lineage

hESC were differentiated towards the endoderm lineage (e.g. pancreaticislets cells, hepatocytes, lung) by agitating (40 rpm) hESC Matrigelcoated microcarrier suspension cultures in spinner flasks, and also byagitation (120 rpm) in 6 well plates. Down regulation of pluripotentmarkers Oct4, Mab84 and Tra-1-60 was observed with upregulation of theendoderm genes GATA6 and alpha fetoprotein. Considered together with theresults shown in FIG. 73 (Example 32), these results indicate that lowerrates of agitation can be used to culture cells and maintain thepluripotent/multipotent status of the cells and that higher rates ofagitation can be used to induce differentiation.

Example 42 Culture of Human Embryonic Stem Cell Derived Mesenchymal StemCells on Microcarriers

The differentiation of human embryonic stem cells to reproduciblyprovide clinically compliant mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) is describedin Lian et al (Derivation of Clinically Compliant MSCs from CD105+,CD24− differentiated human ESCs. Stem Cells 2007; 25:425-436). Theydescribe a protocol that can be used to reproducibly generate highlysimilar and clinically compliant MSC populations from hESCs bytrypsinizing and propagating hESCs without feeder support in mediumsupplemented with FGF2 and PDGF AB followed by sorting for CD105+ andCD24− cells. The MSCs obtained were remarkably similar to bone marrowMSCs (BM-MSCs) and satisfied the morphologic, phenotypic and functionalcriteria commonly used to identify MSCs, i.e. adherent monolayer with afibroblastic phenotype, a surface antigen profile that is CD29+, CD44+,CD49a+, CD49e+, CD105+, CD166+, CD34− and CD45−, and a differentiationpotential that includes adipogenesis, chondrogenesis and osteogenesis.Lian et al describe the use of Hues9 and H1 hESCs to generate theirMSCs.

We used the protocol of Lian et al to generate hESC derived MSCs andcultured and passaged these MSCs on uncoated microcarriers to confirmthat microcarriers can be used to support the continued culture, growthand passage of cells obtained from the differentiation of hESC, and inparticular of hESC derived adult stem cells.

Example 42.1 Variation of Microcarrier Concentration in Spinner Flasks

Cytodex 3 microcarriers were seeded with hESC derived MSCs at differentmicrocarrier concentrations (1.5, 3 and 5 carriers/ml) and cultured inspinner cultures agitated at 40 rpm in 50% media changed every 3 days.FIGS. 174 and 175 show the growth of the hESC derived MSC onmicrocarriers. The best growth was obtained using the lowestmicrocarrier concentration tested.

Example 42.2 Variation of Cell Seeding Concentration in Spinner Flasks

Cytodex 3 microcarriers were seeded with a range of concentrations ofhESC derived MSC cells (from 5 to 14 cells/microcarrier) at 3 mg/mlmicrocarrier in spinner cultures agitated at 40 rpm in 50% media changedevery 3 days. FIGS. 176 and 177 show higher final cell densitiesobtained with higher starting cell concentrations.

Example 42.3 Comparison of Monolayer and Microcarrier Culture

The growth of hESC derived MSCs on Cytodex 3 microcarriers was comparedwith the growth of hESC derived MSCs in monolayer culture with dailymedia exchange. FIGS. 178 and 179 show that hESC derived MSCs grown onmicrocarriers achieved a faster doubling time and a higher cell density.

Example 42.4 Passaging of hESC Derived MSCs on Microcarriers

hESC derived MSCs were passaged on Cytodex 3 microcarriers by twomethods:

-   -   (i) addition of 50% new microcarriers; or    -   (ii) detachment of cells with tryplE enzyme followed by addition        of new microcarriers.

All cultures were fed daily. FIGS. 180 and 181 show that in both casesthe cells achieved similar doubling times and cell densities over 3passages. FIGS. 182 and 183 show the positive expression at day 10 ofthe 5 MSC markers CD73, CD90, CD105, CD29 and CD44 and negativeexpression of CD34 and CD45 by hESC derived MSC on Cytodex 3microcarriers when passaged by the two methods described.

Example 43 Fed Batch Culture in StemPRO Media

FIG. 187 shows the results of controlled low glucose feeding (2 g/ldaily) on cell density of hESC in microcarrier suspension culture usingStemPRO media, as compared to cultures fed daily with StemPRO only. Lowglucose feeding resulted in higher cell densities.

Reduced lactate production and improved pH control was also observed inDMEM/F12 media.

Example 44 A Scalable Bioprocess for hESC Derived CardiomyocyteProduction

A heart infarct could involve an irreversible loss of around 2 billioncardiomyocytes. The production of human cardiomyocytes in large numbersis an important goal as it has significant implications for clinicaltrials in big animals, drug discovery and also development of futurecell therapies. Because of the characteristics of pluripotency, humanembryonic stem cells (hESC) can provide a source for cardiomyocytes.Although some studies of undifferentiated hESC growth in scalablemicrocarriers platform have been conducted (Oh S. K. et al. (2009). StemCell Research. 2(3): 219-230.), only a few cardiomyocyte differentiationprotocols derived from hESC have been described by the scientificcommunity and the scalability of these proposed bioprocesses is stillnot clear.

The aim of this investigation was to develop a scalable bioprocess forcardiomyocyte production on a microcarrier suspension culture platform.We investigated how 1) the seeding conditions and 2) different types ofmicrocarriers affected cardiomyocyte differentiation efficiency. Laminincoated microcarriers provided better cell attachment and higherdifferentiation efficiency than uncoated microcarriers. Seeding directlyinto bSFS (differentiation medium) generated more cardiomyocytescompared to conditioning for 2 days in feeder conditioned medium. Inaddition, several kinds of microcarriers were tested for differentiationefficiency (DE53, Cytodex 1, Cytodex 3, Tosoh 10 micron and FACT).Different aggregate size distributions were observed for each carriertype which determined the cell expansion fold and differentiationefficiency. The best result of 0.7 cardiomyocytes/hESC initially seededwas achieved in Tosoh 10 microcarrier cultures. Finally, the beatingaggregates were characterized by immunohistological analysis andqRT-PCR. Results show positive staining for cardio-specific markers(Tropinin I, α-Sarchomeric actinin, MLC, ANP and desmin) and also upregulation of cardio-specific genes (NKX2.5, MLC, MHC, ANP).

The promising results obtained show that it is possible to define afully scalable cardiomyocyte production platform in 3-dimensionalmicrocarrier suspension cultures.

Materials and Methods.

Cell Culture.

Human Embryonic stem cell line, HES-3(46X, X) was obtained from ES CellInternational (ESI). The cells were co-cultured withmitomycin-C-inactivated Human Feeders (HFF-1) in gelatin-coated 6 cmculture dishes. Media (KO-media) used in culture composed of 85%KO-DMEM, 15% KO Serum Replacer, 1 mM L-glutamine, 1% non-essential aminoacids, 0.1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 25 U/mL penicillin, 25 μg/mLstreptomycin and 4-8 ng/ml of bFGF (Invitrogen). Routine cultureconsisted of daily refreshing of media. Passaging of cells was doneweekly following Choo et al. 2004 (Choo, A. B. et al. (2004).Biotechnol. Bioeng. 88(3): 321-331.).

Microcarriers.

TSKgel Tresyl-5PW (TOSOH), Cytodex 1 (GE Healthcare), Cytodex 3 (GEHealthcare), DE53(Whatman) and FACT (HyClone).

Differentiation.

Media used in differentiation cultures composed of 97% DMEM, 2 mML-glutamine, 0.182 mM Sodium Pyruvate, 1% non-essential amino acids, 0.1mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 5.6 mg/L Transferrin (Invitrogen), and 20 ug/LSodium Selenite. p38 MAPK inhibitor SB203580 (Sigma), was added at 5 μM,as previously reported by Xu X Q et al. 2008 (Xu, X. Q. et al. (2008).Differentiation. 76(9): 958-970.). Media was refreshed every 2-3 days.

Quantification of Cardiomyocytes.

Beatings. Aggregates were scored for contractility under a phasecontrast microscope. Multiple beating areas within the same aggregate orEB were not scored separately. Scores were calculated as percentage overall aggregates. FACS. Cells were harvested as single cell suspensionusing TrypLE Express (Invitrogen), fixed and permeabilized (CaltagLaboratories), and incubated with MF20 (1:200, Develop. studiesHybridoman Bank) and α-Sarchomeric Actinin (1:100, Sigma). Cells werethen subsequently washed with 1% BSA/PBS and incubated in the dark withAnti-mouse antibody FITC-conjugated (1:500, DAKO). The cells were thenwashed and resuspended in 1% BSA/PBS- for analysis on a FACScan (BectonDickinson FACS calibur).

Results.

Effect of Seeding Conditions on Differentiation Efficiency.

The seeding conditions, which have been pointed out as a key parameterin our preliminary studies, are important to achieve proper cellattachment and aggregate formation. Direct seeding in differentiationmedium or feeder conditioned medium (CM) for 2 days (supplemented withbFGF) were tested on laminin coated, uncoated and embryoid bodiesculture. The aggregate formation of each were compared. Althoughconditioned aggregates in CM colonized the microcarriers better and thecells attached more homogenously along the carriers surface, theydifferentiated less efficiently as can be observed from the beatingaggregates score (FIG. 205 a) and also in terms of percentage ofpopulation stained positive for MF20 in flow cytometry analysis (FIG.205 b). Cell aggregates were spread too thinly on the rod shapedcarriers, reducing the mass aggregation necessary for efficientdifferentiation. In contrast, cells seeded directly in bSFS mediumformed bigger aggregates with more critical cell mass, promoting moreefficient differentiation. On the other hand, laminin coatedmicrocarriers improved cell attachment and aggregation, reducing celldeath and consequently lower cell debris accumulation was observed. Thedifferences in the results between different conditions in FIGS. 205 aand 205 b can be explained by the size of the beating area in theaggregates in the laminin coated carriers in bSFS medium, and is furthersupported by MF20 FACS staining.

Effect of Microcarrier Shape & Size on Differentiation Efficiency andYield of Cardiomyocytes/hESC Seeded.

FIGS. 193-195 and FIG. 206 show results of cardiomyocyte differentiationcultures conducted with different kinds of microcarriers: DE53, FACT,Cytodex 1, Cytodex 3, Tosoh 10 compared to embryoid bodies. FIG. 195shows size distribution of the aggregates formed at day 2 afterdifferentiation. FIG. 193 shows maximum % of beating aggregates scoredfrom day 10 to 16 after differentiation and % of positively stainedcells for MF20 and α-Sarchomeric actinin at day 16. FIGS. 194 and 206show cell expansion fold and ratio of cardiomyocytes produced at the endof the culture over hESC seeded.

Microcarrier shape, size and concentration are also key parameters tocontrol to improve cell attachment and aggregate sizes. Rod shapecarriers (DE53), spherical carriers with diameter approximately 100-200μm (Cytodex 1 and 3, FACT) and spherical carriers with 10 μm diameter(Tosoh 10) were compared to embryoid bodies. Each carrier type showed adifferent aggregate size distribution (FIG. 195). Although embryoid bodysizes between 400 and 800 μm enhanced cardiomyocyte differentiationaccordingly to a previous work published by Niebruegge S. et al. 2009(Niebruegge S et al. (2009). Biotechnol. Bioeng. 102(2): 493-507), inour microcarrier experiments, this was not observed in the % of beatingsaggregates scored, nor in the FACS analysis (FIG. 193). This differencecan be explained because aggregates composed of both carriers and cellsare larger than embryoid bodies and thus the optimum aggregate sizerange for cardiomyocytes differentiation may be larger. However, thecell expansion fold clearly depends on the aggregate size distribution(FIG. 194). The smallest aggregates (below 200 μm) tend to disaggregatecausing a higher cell death. Aggregate sizes from 200 to 600 μm enhancethe cell growth as reflected in the higher expansion fold achieved atthe end of the cultures. These aggregate sizes do not limit nutrienttransfer into the aggregates and also provides a higher surface tovolume ratio and thus offers more surface for culture expansion. Inmicrocarrier cultures, the ratio between the hESC seeded and thecardiomyocytes obtained are generally higher than the culture withembryoid bodies (FIG. 206). The best cardiomyocyte outcome was observedwhen Tosoh 10 microcarriers were used, reaching up to 0.7 cardiomyocytefor each hESC seeded.

Cardiomyocytes Characterization.

The gene expression profile of beating aggregates in comparison toundifferentiated hESC shows a consistent overexpression of both latecardiomyocyte genes like MHC, MLC and ANF (Hesx1), and also early cardiogenes like NKX2.5 at day 16 (FIG. 207 a). Pluripotent genes such asNanog or OCT4 are definitely downregulated after 16 days ofdifferentiation cultures. Immunohistology of beating aggregates wereperformed using cardio-specific markers (FIG. 207 b). In general, forall the markers analyzed, most prominent staining was observed aroundthe cystic structures and at the peripheries of the aggregates than inthe central areas. This can be explained by the observation that cellslocated on the aggregate surface could be more exposed todifferentiation factors released in the medium and also to the inhibitorused to drive the differentiation.

In conclusion, cardiomyocyte differentiation of hESC have been developedsuccessfully on several kinds of microcarriers suspension cultures. Theresults presented are promising to define a fully scalable cardiomyocyteproduction platform in 3-dimensional suspension cultures. This platformcould provide the scientific community with large numbers ofcardiomyocytes for heart therapy studies and drug discovery.

Since the cardiomyocyte population in the differentiated cultures isaround 20-30% in the best cases, downstream purification steps may alsobe required for future cardiomyocyte applications.

Example 45 Identifying Microcarriers and Extracellular Matrices for theCulture of Undifferentiated Human Embryonic Stem Cells in Suspension

Advances in stem cell technology bring us closer to the realization ofcell-based therapy and regenerative medicine. Traditionally, humanembryonic stem cells (hESC) have been cultured as standard monolayercultures on feeder cells or extracellular matrix (ECM). However, thescale-up of hESC in monolayer cultures is not practical.

Recently, culturing human embryonic stem cells (hESC) in suspension hasbeen developed using microcarriers. This is a significant achievement toaddress the process development issues of hESC expansion. In this study,we evaluated the physical properties (size, shape, surface charges andporosity) of microcarriers on hESC growth and pluripotency.

Furthermore, as ECM is still considered to be critical for survival andgrowth of hESC on microcarriers, all previous work used Matrigel-coatedmicrocarriers for long term cultivation of undifferentiated hESC. Poorcell attachment and loss of pluripotency were usually shown for hESCgrown on uncoated-microcarrier. In order to have a robust and reliableplatform for large scale hESC production with minimal animal-derivedcomponents, we need a substitute cell attachment substrate to replaceMatrigel. Thus, we screened major molecular components of ECM i.e.proteoglycans, non-proteoglycan polysaccharides and glycoproteins.

Materials and Methods

Human Embryonic Stem Cell and the Culture Medium.

Human embryonic stem cells (hES-3) from ES Cell International were grownin Conditioned Medium obtained from mitomycin C-treated Mouse EmbryonicFibroblast (MEF-CM).

Microcarriers and Extracellular Matrices Preparation.

As per manufacturers' instructions. Cellulose-based anion exchangers(DE53, DE52 and QA52) and cation exchanger (CM52) were obtained fromWhatman. Toyopearl AF-Tresyl-650 with mean particle size 65 μm (Tosoh65) and TSKgel Tresyl-5PW with mean particle mean size 10 μm (Tosoh 10)were obtained from Tosoh Bioscience and coupled with protamine sulfate(PR) or poly-L-Lysine (PL) to positively charge the bead surfaces.

Differentiation Study.

Spontaneous differentiation of hESCs on microcarriers was generated invitro through the induction of embryoid bodies (EBs). EBs were generatedby exchanging the MEF-CM to the EB medium (80% Knockout-DMEM/F12, 20%fetus bovine serum, 1 mM Glutamine, 1% (v/v) non-essential amino acids,25 U/ml penicillin, 25 μg/ml streptomycin, 0.1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol).

Results are shown in FIGS. 208-210. Cells on smaller microcarriers(Tosoh 65, Tosoh 10) formed cell-microcarrier aggregates with themicrocarriers embedded inside. Similar cell growth on both microporousand smooth microcarriers was observed. Poor cell growth on negativecharged microcarriers was observed. No significant differences in cellgrowth and pluripotency were observed for hESC grown on rod-shapedmicrocarriers of different charge strength. hESC on microporousmicrocarrier showed differentiation after two passages while maintainingsimilar cell growth and without Matrigel coating. Microcarriers wereable to support long term cultivation of hESC in an undifferentiatedstate but only when coated with Matrigel. Normal karyotype was observedin hESC cultured on DE53 Matrigel-coated microcarriers for 25 passages.Hyaluronic Acid (HA) was identified as a potential attachment substratefor culturing undifferentiated hESC on microcarrier. After 2 passages,only cells on DE53 coated with HA were able to maintain cell growth.Laminin was also identified as a potential attachment substrate.Laminin-coated microcarriers were able to sustain long term cultivationof hESC and differentiation showing expression of genes from threelineages.

We found that hESCs were able to attach on coated-microcarriers and growdespite the differences in microcarrier properties. We identifiedhyaluronic acid from Streptococcus zooepidemicus, non-proteoglycanpolysaccharide, as possible xeno-free substrate for the cultivation ofhESC on microcarriers. hESC culture grown on a defined matrix lamininresulted in similar cell yield while retaining its differentiationcapability as hESC grown on a Matrigel-coated surface.

3D suspension cultures of hESC will become important to enablevolumetric increase of hESC production in controlled bioreactors forfuture cell therapies. The results contained in FIGS. 211-215demonstrate:

-   -   1. Long term culture of hESC on rod and spherical shaped        microcarriers coated with Matrigel and hyaluronic acid in        conditioned and serum free media.    -   2. Spinner cultures of hESC with microcarriers.    -   3. Differentiation of hESC to cardiomyocytes in microcarrier        cultures.    -   4. Long term culture of human iPS on rod shaped microcarriers.

Example 46 Expansion and Directed Differentiation of Human InducedPluripotent Stem Cells on Microcarriers to the Neural Lineage

It has been shown that human induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSC) canbe derived from patients with neurodegenerative disease such asamyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Dimos J T et. Al. (2008) Science321(5893), 1218-21), familial dysautonomia ((Lee G et. Al. (2009) Nature461(7262), 402-6)) and spinal muscular atrophy ((Ebert A D et. Al.(2009) Nature 457(7227), 277-80)). These patient-specific cells aresuitable for the modeling of neurodegenerative diseases, the screeningof possible drugs and possible cell replacement therapy. Hence, therewill soon be a need for large scale expansion of these cells.

In this way, these differentiated hiPSC can be used as patient-specificdisease models to understand the pathology of the disease, to testpotential drugs and in the future, to be used in cell replacementtherapy. For large scale drug screening or cell replacement therapy, alarge number of these cells would be required. Traditionally, tissueculture plates are used to grow hiPSC but their limited growth areamakes them impractical for producing large quantities of cells.

Materials and Methods

hiPSC grown in 2D culture: hiPSC (iPS IMR90) were obtained from JamesThomson (Yu J. et. Al. (2007) Science. 318(5858), 1917-20) and weregrown in mTeSR™ culture media on hESC-qualified Matrigel™-coated tissueculture plates.

hiPSC grown in MC culture: 2D cultured cells in mTeSR™ 1 media wereenzymatically passaged onto hESC-qualified Matrigel™-coatedmicrocarriers (MC), a cellulose based anion exchanger (DE53) obtainedfrom Whatman. At the next passage, these cells were mechanicallypassaged to fresh batch of coated MC in mTeSR™ 1 media. hiPSC static MCculture was mechanically passaged and used to seed spinner (100 ml) MCculture.

In-vitro spontaneous differentiation study: mTeSR™ 1 media of the MCculture was changed to the EB media (90% Knockout-DMEM/F12, 10% fetusbovine serum, 1 mM Glutamine (L-glut), 1% (v/v) non-essential aminoacids (NEAA), 1× penicillin/streptomycin (PS), 0.1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol(2ME)). After 7 days, cell aggregates were re-plated onto gelatin-coatedtissue culture plates with EB media and culture was continued for 14days.

In-vitro directed differentiation study: mTeSR™ 1 media of the MCculture was changed to the KO media (90% Knockout-DMEM/F12, 10%KnockOut™ Serum Replacement, 1 mM L-glut, 1% (v/v) NEAA, 1×PS, 0.1(2ME)). After 4 days, media was exchanged for N2B27 media (95% DMEM/F12,0.5% L-glut, 1% N2, 2% B27, 0.5% PS, 1% NEAA, 0.09% 2ME) spiked withNoggin. After 10 days, N2B27 media was spiked with EGF and FGF2. After 7days, cell aggregates were re-plated onto laminin-coated tissue cultureplates.

Results

We have developed a microcarrier based serum free medium (mTeSR1™)platform for hiPSC using hESC-qualified Matrigel™ coated cellulosemicrocarriers. This static microcarrier platform achieved comparablecell concentrations as conventional 2D culture (static microcarriers:1.47×10⁶ cells/ml; conventional 2D: 1.79×10⁶ cells/ml).

Static hiPSC-microcarrier culture could be continuously cultured for atleast 22 passages showing high expression of OCT-4 (71.6%) and Tra-1-60(92.3%) while maintaining stable karyotype (FIGS. 216, 217). These cellscould also differentiate spontaneously in-vitro and in-vivo to the threegerm layers (FIG. 218).

hiPSC-microcarrier complexes were successfully cultured in spinner (100ml) culture, in which the hiPSC exhibited 20 fold expansion (FIGS. 219,220 and 221).

These hiPSC were directly differentiated on the microcarriers to neuralprecursors expressing Pax6 and Nestin, neurons expressing Map2 andβ-tubulin III and GFAP expressing astrocytes. Further scale-up of hiPSCon microcarrier in spinner flask system was also possible achieving acell yield of 6.16×10⁶ cells/ml while maintaining high expression ofOCT-4, Tra 1-60 and mAb 84 and ability to be directly differentiated toneural lineages (FIGS. 222 and 223). This study shows that hiPSC onmicrocarriers in suspension can be expanded and directly differentiatedto neural lineages and it is a possible avenue to achieve largequantities of patient-specific neuronal cells.

Example 47 Development of Microcarrier Based Cellular ExpansionTechnique for the Clinical Application of Human Fetal MSC

Materials and Methods

Human fetal MSC and the culture conditions: Human fetal MSC wereobtained from Experimental Fetal Medicine Group, Department ofObstetrics and Gynecology, Yong Loo Lin School of Medicine, NationalUniversity of Singapore and National University Hospital System and wasgrown in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with GlutaMAX™ supplementedwith 10% fetal bovine serum and 0.5% penicillin and stretomycin.Expansion of the hfMSc was performed in spinner (100 ml) flask at 40rpm.

Microcarriers preparation: Commercially available microcarriers Cytodex1 and Cytodex 3 were purchased from GE Healthcare, Cultispher GL fromSigma-aldrich and P102-L from Hyclone. Each microcarrier was prepared asper manufacturers' instructions.

Osteogenic differentiation studies: Osteogenic differentiation of hfMSCwas carried out by harvesting the cells from Cytodex 3 or tissue cultureflasks using type 1 collagenase and trypsin respectively, plated ontoculture dishes and fed with osteogenic induction medium (D10 mediumsupplemented with 10 mM β-glycerophosphate, 10-8M dexamethasone and 0.2mM ascrobic acid). Comparisons were done on hfMSC expanded using tissueculture flasks and Cytodex 3 by measuring the calcium content depositionand ALP activity using calcium assay kit (BioAssay Systems, USA) andSensoLyte™ pNPP Alkaline Phosphatase Assay Kit (AnaSpec, USA).

Results

Growth kinetics of hfMSC on various microcarriers: Sphericalmicrocarriers (Cytodex 1, Cytodex 3 and P102-L) were able to supportfast and high cellular proliferation as compared to the porousmicrocarrier (Cultispher GL). Cytodex 1 and Cytodex 3 produced a highercell viability as compare to P102-L in the first five days of theculture. See FIGS. 224, 225 and 226.

hfMSC morphology on various type of microcarriers: Cells grown onCultispher GL (microporous microcarrier) and P102-L (spherical, smallpolystyrene beads) tended to form aggregates, which can be undesirablefor harvesting. hfMSC spread as monolayer on Cytodex 1 (spherical,positively charged surface) and Cytodex 3 (spherical, denatured type 1collagen coated).

Flow cytometry analysis (CD 105)—fhMSC before osteogenicdifferentiation: Human fetal MSC that were expanded and harvested usingtype I collagenase had a noticeable drop in the immunophenotypic marker,CD 105, by 17%. See FIGS. 227 A and 227 B.

Osteogenic differentiation studies: Human fetal MSC cultured on Cytodex3 in spinner flask has osteogenic differentiation capacity. Human fetalMSC harvested from microcarriers have less ALP activity and calciumdeposition as compared to hfMSC expanded on tissue culture flask. SeeFIGS. 228 A and 228B—positive Alizarin Red staining of calciumdeposition was confirmed in the hfMSC monolayer cultures.

We investigated establishment of a microcarrier based cellular expansiontechnique for the clinical application of human fetal mesenchymal stemcell (hfMSC). Several commercially available microcarriers including theCytodex 1, Cytodex 3, Cultispher GL and P102-L were compared forculturing hfMSC in spinner flasks. Results revealed that Cytodex 1 and 3are suitable for hfMSC expansion as they support fast and high cellularproliferation without aggregations.

Further investigation demonstrated that Cytodex 3 microcarrier expansionwith harvesting technique by type I collagenase yields a maximumalkaline phosphatase activity and calcium deposit in its third week ofosteogenic differentiation at 210 ng/ml and 19 mg/dl, respectively, ascompared to traditional petri dish culture of 280 ng/ml of alkalinephosphatase activity and 35 mg/dl of calcium deposit in its third andfourth week of osteogenic differentiation respectively.

In conclusion, microcarrier based cellular expansion technique is ableto support fast and high cellular expansion of hfMSC.

REFERENCES

-   Baker, Monya (2007-12-06). Adult cells reprogrammed to pluripotency,    without tumors. Nature Reports Stem Cells.-   P W Burridge et al. 2006. Defined Medium with polyvinyl alcohol    (PVA), Activin A and bFGF. Stem Cells. 2007 April; 25(4):929-38.    Epub 2006 Dec. 21.-   Choo, A. B., Padmanabhan, J., Chin, A., Fong, W. J., Oh, S. K. W.    (2005). Immortalized feeders for the scale-up of human embryonic    stem cells in feeder and feeder-free conditions. J. Biotechnol.    122:130-141.-   Choo, A. B., Padmanabhan, J., Chin, A. C., Oh, S. K. W. (2004).    Expansion of pluripotent human embryonic stem cells on human    feeders. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 88:321-331.-   Chung Y, Klimanskaya I, Becker S, et al. Embryonic and    extraembryonic stem cell lines derived from single mouse    blastomeres. Nature. 2006; 439:216-219.-   Chung Y, Klimanskaya I, Becker S, et al. Human embryonic stem cell    lines generated without embryo destruction. Cell Stem Cell. 2008;    2:113-117-   Dang et al., Stem Cells 2004, 22(3):2 75-82.-   Dang S M, Gerecht-Nir S, Chen J, Itskovitz-Eldor J, Zandstra P W.    (2004). Controlled, scalable embryonic stem cell differentiation    culture. Stem Cells. 22(3):275-82.-   Dang S M, Zandstra P W. (2005). Scalable production of embryonic    stem cell-derived cells. Methods Mol. Biol. 290:353-64.-   Evans, M. J., and Kaufman, M. H. (1981). Establishment in culture of    pluripotential cells from mouse embryos. Nature 292, 154-156.-   Fok E Y, Zandstra P W. Shear-controlled single-step mouse embryonic    stem cell expansion and embryoid body-based differentiation. Stem    Cells. 2005 October; 23(9):1333-42. Epub 2005 Aug. 4.-   Gallimore, P. H., and Richardson, C. R. (1973). An improved banding    technique exemplified in the karyotype analysis of two strains of    rat. Chromosoma 41, 259-263.-   Gerecht Nir et al., Biotechnol Bioeng. 2004, 86(5): 493-502.-   Hay et al. (2008). Highly efficient differentiation of hESCs to    functional hepatic endoderm requires ActivinA and Wnt3a signalling.    PNAS Vol. 105. No. 34 12310-12306.-   Hewitt, Z., Priddle, H., Thomson, A. J., et al. (2007). Ablation of    undifferentiated human embryonic stem cells by exploiting innate    immunity against the beta-galactosyltransferase epitope. Stem Cells    25, 10-18.257-265.-   J Itskovitz-Eldor, M Schuldiner, D Karsenti, A Eden, O Yanuka, M    Amit, H Soreq, N Benvenisty. Differentiation of human embryonic stem    cells into embryoid bodies compromising the three embryonic germ    layers. Mol. Med. 2000 February; 6 (2):88-95.-   Jiang, Y., Jahagirdar, B. N., Reinhardt, R. L., Schwartz, R. E.,    Keene, C. D., Ortiz-Gonzalez, X. R., Reyes, M., Lenvik, T., Lund,    T., Blackstad, M., et al. (2002). Pluripotency of mesenchymal stem    cells derived from adult marrow. Nature 418, 41-49.-   Chris H. Jo et al. Fetal mesenchymal stem cells derived from human    umbilical cord sustain primitive characteristics during extensive    expansion. Cell Tissue Res (2008) 334:423-433.-   Kaji et al. Virus-free induction of pluripotency and subsequent    excision of reprogramming factors. Nature. Online publication 1 Mar.    2009.-   Kanatsu-Shinohara, M., Inoue, K., Lee, J., Yoshimoto, M., Ogonuki,    N., Mild, H., Baba, S., Kato, T., Kazuki, Y., Toyokuni, S., et al.    (2004). Generation of pluripotent stem cells from neonatal mouse    testis. Cell 119, 1001-1012.-   Kim et al. Ex vivo characteristics of human amniotic    membrane-derived stem cells. Cloning Stem Cells 2007 Winter;    9(4):581-94.-   King, J. A. and Miller, W. M. (2007). Bioreactor development for    stem cell expansion and controlled differentiation. Current Opinion    in Chemical Biology. 11:394-398.-   Klimanskaya I, Chung Y, Becker S, Lu S J, Lanza R. Human embryonic    stem cell lines derived from single blastomeres. Nature 2006;    444:512.-   Klimanskaya I, Chung Y, Becker S, et al. Human embryonic stem cell    lines derived from single blastomeres. Nature. 2006; 444:481-485.-   Kotler, M., Reuveny, S., Mizrahi, A. and Shahar, A. (1985). Ion    exchange capacity of DEAE microcarriers determined the growth    pattern of cells in culture. Develop. Biol. Stand. 60, 255-261.-   Kroon et al. (2008) Pancreatic endoderm derived from human embryonic    stem cells generates glucose-responsive insulin-secreting cells in    vivo. Nat Biotechnol April; 26(4):443-52.-   M A Laflamme et al. 2007. Culture sequentially supplemented with    Activin A for 24 h, and BMP 4 for 4 days. Nat. Biotechnol. 2007    September; 25(9):1015-24. Epub 2007 Aug. 26.-   Lei et al Xeno-free derivation and culture of human embryonic stem    cells: current status, problems and challenges. Cell Research (2007)    17:682-688.-   Lazar, A., Silberstein, L., Reuveny, S, and Mizrahi, A. (1987).    Microcarriers as a culturing system of insect cells and viruses.    Develop. Biol. Stand. 66, 315-323.-   Lian et al. Derivation of Clinically Compliant MSCs from CD105+,    CD24-differentiated human ESCs. Stem Cells 2007; 25:425-436.-   Lin et al. Multilineage potential of homozygous stem cells derived    from metaphase II oocytes. Stem Cells. 2003; 21(2):152-61-   Maherali N, et. al. Directly reprogrammed fibroblasts show global    epigenetic remodeling and widespread tissue contribution. Cell Stem    Cell 2007; 1:55-70-   Martin, G. R. (1981). Isolation of a pluripotent cell line from    early mouse embryos cultured in medium conditioned by    teratocarcinoma stem cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78,    7634-7638.-   Matsui, Y., Zsebo, K., and Hogan, B. L. (1992). Derivation of    pluripotential embryonic stem cells from murine primordial germ    cells in culture. Cell 70, 841-847.-   McWhir, J., Wojtacha, D., and Thomson, A. J. (2006). Routine culture    and differentiation of human embryonic stem cells. In Human    Embryonic Stem Cells Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology,    vol. 331. K. Turksen, ed. (Humana Press, Clifton, N.J.) pp. 77-90.-   Niebrugge et al (2009). Generation of Human Embryonic Stem    Cell-Derived Mesoderm and Cardiac Cells Using Size-Specified    Aggregates in an Oxygen-Controlled Bioreactor. Biotechnology and    Bioengineering. Vol. 102, no. 2, Feb. 1, 2009.-   Winston Costa Pereira et al. Reproducible methodology for the    isolation of mesenchymal stem cells from human umbilical cord and    its potential for cardiomyocyte generation J Tissue Eng Regen Med    2008; 2: 394-399.-   Oh S K W and Choo A B H (2006). Human embryonic stem cell    technology: Large scale amplification and differentiation.    Cytotechnology 50(1-3): 181-190.-   Oh S. K. et al. (2009). Stem Cell Research. 2(3): 219-230.-   R Passier et al. 2005. Serum free media in cocultures (FBS inhibits    cardiomyocytes differentiation). Curr Opin Biotechnol. 2005 October;    16(5):498-502. Review. Stem Cells. 2005 June-July; 23(6):772-80.-   Phillips et al. J. Biotechnol 2008, Attachment and growth of human    embryonic stem cells on microcarriers. Journal of Biotechnology    138 (2008) 24-32.-   Phillips et al., 2008. Efficient expansion of clinical-grade human    fibroblasts on microcarriers: Cells suitable for ex vivo expansion    of clinical-grade hESCs. Journal of Biotechnology 134 (2008) 79-87.-   Ralph Graichen, Xiuqin Xu, Stefan R Braam, Thavamalar Balakrishnan,    Siti Norfiza, Shirty Sieh, Set Yen Soo, Su Chin Tham, Christine    Mummery, Alan Colman, Robert Zweigerdt, Bruce P Davidson. Enhanced    cardiomyogenesis of human embryonic stem cells by a small molecular    inhibitor of p38 MAPK. Differentiation 2007 (November 15).-   Reuveny, S., Bino, T., Rosenberg, H. and Mizrahi A. (1980). A new    cellulose-based microcarrier culturing system. Develop. Biol. Stand.    46, 137-145.-   Reuveny, S., Mizrahi, A., Shahar, A. and Kotler, M. (1984). Role of    substrate in determining the growth topology of transformed and    non-transformed cells in culture. Cell Biol. Internat. Rep. 8,    539-549.-   Reuveny, S., Silberstein, L. and Mizrahi, A. (1982). DE-52 and DE-53    cellulose microcarriers. I. Growth of primary and established    anchorage-dependent-cells. In Vitro 18, 92-98.-   Reuveny, S., Silberstein, L., Shahar, A., Freeman, A. and    Mizrahi, A. (1982). Cell and virus propagation on cylindrical    cellulose based microcarriers. Develop. Biol. Stand. 50, 115-123.-   Shahar, A., Amir, A., Reuveny, S, and Mizrahi, A. (1989).    Dissociated cerebral cultures on microcarriers. In: “A dissection    and tissue culture, Manual of the nervous system” (Eds. Shahar, A.    and Haber, B.). Alan R. Liss N.Y. pp. 164-166.-   Shahar, A., Amir, A., Reuveny, S., Silberstein, L. and Mizrahi, A    (1984). Neuronal cultures on microcarriers: Dissociated spiral cord    cells. Develop. Biol. Stand. 55, 22-30.-   Shahar, A., Mizrahi, A., Reuveny, S., Zimman, A. and Shainberg, A.    (1985). Differentiation of myoblasts with nerve cells on    microcarrier in culture. Develop. Biol. Stand. 60, 263-268.-   Shahar, A., Reuveny, S., Amir, A., Kotler, M. and Mizrahi, A.    (1983). Synoptogenesis and myelination in dissociated cerebral    microcarrier cell culture. J. Neuroscience Res. 9, 339-348.-   Shahar, A., Reuveny, S., David, Y., Hamdorf, G., Terborg, M. and    Cervos-Navarro, J. (1990). Selective adherence of neurons and glia    cells in dissociated cerebral and spinal cord microcarrier    cultures. J. Biotechnology 16:221-232.-   Shahar, A., Reuveny, S., Mizrahi, A. and Shainberg, A. (1984).    Differentiation of dissociated embryonic central nervous system    cells and of myoblast cultured on microcarriers. Att. Del Accademia    di Medicina di Torino, 167, 33-38.-   Shahar, A., Reuveny, S., Zhang, M., Espinosa de los Monteros, A., de    Vellis, J. and Shainberg, A. (1992) Differentiation of myoblasts and    CNS cells growth either separately or as co-cultures on    microcarriers. Cytotechnology 9: 107-115.-   Shainberg, A., Isac, A., Reuveny, S., Mizrahi, A. and Shahar, A.    (1983). Myogenesis in microcarrier culture. Cell. Biol. Inter. Rep.    7, 72-74.-   Takahashi K, Tanabe K, Ohnuki M, Narita M, Ichisaka T, Tomoda K,    Yamanaka S. (2007). Induction of pluripotent stem cells from adult    human fibroblasts by defined factors. Cell. 131(5):861-72.-   Takahashi, K. & Yamanaka, S. Induction of pluripotent stem cells    from mouse embryonic and adult fibroblast cultures by defined    factors. Cell 2006; 126:663-676-   Thomson J A, Yu J, et al. Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell Lines    Derived from Human Somatic Cells. Science DOI:    10.1126/science.1151526-   Thomson, J. A., Itskovitz-Eldor, J., Shapiro, S. S., Waknitz, M. A.,    Swiergiel, J. J., Marshall, V. S., and Jones, J. M. (1998).    Embryonic stem cell lines derived from human blastocysts. Science    282, 1145-1147.-   Troyer & Weiss. Concise Review: Wharton's Jelly-Derived Cells Are a    primitive Stromal Cell Population. Stem Cells 2008:26:591-599.-   Wartenberg et al. Lab Invest. 1998 October; 78(10): 1301-14.-   Wernig M, et. al. In vitro reprogramming of fibroblasts into a    pluripotent ES-cell-like state. Nature 2007; 448:318-24-   X Q Xu et al. 2008. SB203580 (p38 MAP kinase inhibitor) PGI2    (prostaglandin member accumulated in END2-CM). Differentiation. 2008    November; 76(9):958-70. Epub 2008 Jun. 13.-   Yamanaka S, et al. Induction of Pluripotent Stem Cells from Adult    Human Fibroblasts by Defined Factors. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2007.11.019-   Yamanaka S, et. al. Generation of germline-competent induced    pluripotent stem cells. Nature 2007; 448:313-7-   Shinya Yamanaka. Strategies and New Developments in the Generation    of Patient-Specific Pluripotent Stem Cells. Cell Stem Cell 1, Jul.    2007 ^(a)2007 Elsevier Inc.-   L Yang et al. 2008. Defined medium supplemented with BMP4 (1 day),    BMP4, Activin A and bFGF (days 1-4), Activin A and bFGF (days 4-8),    and DKK1 and VEGF. Nature. 2008 May 22; 453(7194):524-8. Epub 2008    Apr. 23.-   Yu J, Vodyanik M A, Smuga-Otto K, Antosiewicz-Bourget J, Frane J L,    Tian S, Nie J, Jonsdottir G A, Ruotti V, Stewart R, Slukvin I I,    Thomson J A. Induced pluripotent stem cell lines derived from human    somatic cells. Science. 318(5858):1917-20. Epub 2007 Nov. 20.-   Zandstra et al., Tissue Eng. 2003, 9: 767-778.-   Zhang X, Stojkovic P, Przyborski S, et al. Derivation of human    embryonic stem cells from developing and arrested embryos. Stem    Cells 2006; 24:2669-2676.-   WO 2008/004990-   US 2007/0264713-   WO2007/030870-   WO2007/070964

Each of the applications and patents mentioned in this document, andeach document cited or referenced in each of the above applications andpatents, including during the prosecution of each of the applicationsand patents (“application cited documents”) and any manufacturer'sinstructions or catalogues for any products cited or mentioned in eachof the applications and patents and in any of the application citeddocuments, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Furthermore, alldocuments cited in this text, and all documents cited or referenced indocuments cited in this text, and any manufacturer's instructions orcatalogues for any products cited or mentioned in this text, are herebyincorporated herein by reference.

Various modifications and variations of the described methods and systemof the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art withoutdeparting from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although theinvention has been described in connection with specific preferredembodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimedshould not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments and that manymodifications and additions thereto may be made within the scope of theinvention. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes forcarrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled inmolecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scopeof the claims. Furthermore, various combinations of the features of thefollowing dependent claims can be made with the features of theindependent claims without departing from the scope of the presentinvention.

The invention claimed is:
 1. A method for achieving stable, long-termculture, expansion, and differentiation of stem cells in vitro, themethod comprising: (i) attaching stem cells to a plurality of firstmicrocarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein thesurface of the first microcarriers is coated in an extracellular matrixcomponent; (ii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes insuspension culture; (iii) passaging the cultured cells from (ii); and(iv) repeating steps (i)-(iii) through 7 passages, wherein stem cellsare expanding between each passage, wherein stem cells in the cultureafter step (iv) are pluripotent or multipotent, whereby stable,long-term culture and expansion of stem cells are achieved in suspensionin vitro, wherein the achievement of stable, long-term culture ischaracterized by 50% or more of the stem cells in the culture after step(iv) have the ability to differentiate, if pluripotent, into endoderm,ectoderm, and mesoderm, if multipotent, into cells of a limited numberof types within a particular lineage, and retain at least one stem cellcharacteristic selected from the group consisting of expression of apluripotency marker, cell viability, and normal karyotype, and whereinthe achievement of expansion is characterized by the number of cultured,expanded cells at the end of step (ii) being at least 0.2 order ofmagnitude greater than the number of cells attached to the microcarriersin step (i); (v) transferring pluripotent or multipotent stem cellsobtained from (iv) to a plurality of second microcarriers to formmicrocarrier-stem cell complexes, wherein the surface of the secondmicrocarriers is coated in a matrix or is uncoated; and (vi) culturingthe microcarrier-stem cell complexes from (v) in suspension cultureunder conditions that induce the differentiation of the stem cells. 2.The method of claim 1 wherein the stem cells are embryonic stem cells,or induced pluripotent stem cells.
 3. The method of claim 1 wherein thestem cells are human or primate.
 4. The method of claim 1 wherein themicrocarriers are rod-shaped.
 5. The method of claim 1 wherein theextracellular matrix component of (i) and the matrix of (v) are thesame.
 6. The method of claim 1 wherein the extracellular matrixcomponent of (i) and the matrix of (v) are different.
 7. The method ofclaim 1 wherein the method further comprises: (vii) transferringdifferentiated stem cells obtained from step (vi) to a plurality ofthird microcarriers to form microcarrier-stem cell complexes, where thesurface of the third microcarriers is coated in a second matrix or isuncoated; and (viii) culturing the microcarrier-stem cell complexes from(vii) in suspension culture under conditions that induce the furtherdifferentiation of the differentiated stem cells.
 8. The methods ofclaim 1 wherein in step (iv), steps (i)-(iii) are repeated through oneof: at least 8 passages, at least 9 passages, at least 10 passages, atleast 11 passages, at least 12 passages, at least 13 passages, at least14 passages, at least 15 passages, at least 16 passages, at least 17passages, at least 18 passages, at least 19 passages, at least 20passages, at least 21 passages, at least 22 passages, at least 23passages, at least 24 passages, at least 25 passages, at least 30passages, at least 40 passages, at least 50 passages, at least 60passages, at least 70 passages, at least 80 passages, at least 90passages, or at least 100 passages.
 9. The method of claim 1 wherein thematrix comprises one or more of hyaluronic acid, laminin, fibronectin,vitronectin, collagen, elastin, heparan sulfate, dextran, dextransulphate, and chondroitin sulphate.
 10. The method of claim 1 whereinthe matrix comprises a mixture of laminin, collagen I, heparan sulfateproteoglycans, and entactin
 1. 11. The method of claim 1 wherein themicrocarrier comprises or consists of one or more of cellulose, dextran,hydroxylated methacrylate, collagen, gelatin, polystyrene, plastic,glass, ceramic, and silicone.
 12. The method of claim 1 wherein the stemcells are pluripotent, and the conditions in step (vi) induce thedifferentiation of the stem cells into endoderm, ectoderm, or mesoderm.13. The method of claim 1 wherein the stem cells are pluripotent, andthe conditions in step (vi) induce the differentiation of the stem cellsinto an embyroid body.
 14. The method of claim 1 wherein the conditionsin step (vi) induce the differentiation of the stem cells into one ofcardiomyocytes, cardiac mesoderm, adipocytes, osteocytes, hepatocytes,hepatic endoderm, pancreatic islet cells, pancreatic endoderm, insulinproducing cells, neural tissue, neuroectoderm, epidermal tissue, surfaceectoderm, bone, cartilage, muscle, ligament, tendon, and otherconnective tissue.
 15. The method of claim 1 wherein the methodcomprises culturing the stem cells in serum-free media.